Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual was accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-
tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-
ble to your specific Kia vehicle.
Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!
i
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace-
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac-
tion.
Because subsequent owners require this important information
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation
of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations,
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual
were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2017 Kia MOTORS AMERICA, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in
whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors
America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
Foreword
ii
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and
Reporting safety defects
Index
table of contents
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol. . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Other fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Gasoline containing mmt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6
1
Introduction
21
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strong-
ly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAU-
TION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about fea-
tures, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
Sections:This manual has eight sec-
tions plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this
manual.These WARNINGs were pre-
pared to enhance your personal safe-
ty.You should carefully read and follow
ALL procedures and recommenda-
tions provided in these WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
✽✽
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.(Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
• Tighten the cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise the Check Engine
light will illuminate.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situa-
tion in which harm,serious bod-
ily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
13
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol
may be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Ethanol provides less
energy than gasoline and it attracts
water, and it is thus likely to reduce
your fuel efficiency and could lower
your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
lems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3.Gasohol containing more than
15% ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufac-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati-
ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine perform-
ance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom-
mends that customers do not use
fuel with an ethanol content exceed-
ing 15%.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing
methanol. Discontinue use of any
methanol containing product which
may inhibit proper drivability.
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the noz-
zle automatically shuts off.
Attempts to force more fuel
into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the
ground causing a risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage, especially
in the event of an accident.
Introduction
41
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene
(Fe), and Other metalic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine dam-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler-
ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt-
ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion,
life cycle reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful man-
ganese-based fuel additives Such as
MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not
recommend the use of gasoline con-
taining MMT. This type of fuel can
reduce vehicle performance and affect
your emission control system. The
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the
cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and damage components
of the fuel system, engine control sys-
tem and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with deter-
gent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
vent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, addi-
tives that you can buy separately may
be added to the gasoline.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every
7,500miles or every engine oil change
is recommended. Additives are avail-
able from your authorized Kia dealer
along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
15
Introduction
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
No special break-in period is need-
ed.By following a few simple precau-
tions for the first 600 miles (1,000
km) you may add to the perform-
ance, economy and life of your vehi-
cle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of opera-
tion.
• Do not park or stop the vehicle near
flammable items such as leaves,
paper, oil, and tire. Such items
placed near the exhaust system can
become a fire hazard.
• When an engine idles at a high
speed with the rear side of the vehi-
cle touching the wall, heat of the
exhaust gas can cause discol-
oration or fire. Keep enough space
between the rear part of the vehicle
and the wall.
• Be sure not to touch the
exhaust/catalytic systems while
engine is running or right after the
engine is turned off. There is a risk
of burns since the systems are
extremely hot.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
RISK OF BURNS WHEN
PARKING OR STOPPING
VEHICLE.
Introduction
61
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety sys-
tems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet-
ter understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of per-
sonally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investiga-
tion.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
22
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Hood.....................................................4-39
2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle)..4-115
Head lamp (Maintenance)....................7-77
3.Wheel and tire (Maintenance) ..............7-39
Wheel and tire (Specification) ................8-4
4. Outside rearview mirror........................4-64
5.Wide sunroof.........................................4-45
6. Front windshield wiper blades
(Features of your vehicle)...................4-122
Front windshield wiper blades
(Maintenance).......................................7-32
7.Windows ...............................................4-34
8. Parking assist system.........................4-107
OCK017001N
■ Front view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
23
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Door......................................................4-16
2. Fuel filler lid ..........................................4-41
3. Rear combination lamp
(Maintenance).......................................7-77
4. High mounted stop lamp
(Maintenance).......................................7-77
5. Liftgate.........................................4-21, 4-30
6. Antenna ..............................................4-160
7. Rearview camera................................4-112
Surround view monitoring system......4-113
8. Parking assist system.........................4-107
OCK017002L
■ Rear view
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
Your vehicle at a glance
42
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Door lock/unlock button.........................4-17
2. Driver position memory system button .3-11
3. Power window switches ........................4-34
4. Central door lock switch........................4-18
5. Power window lock button.....................4-37
6. Outside rearview mirror control switch..4-64
7. Outside rearview mirror folding button..4-66
8. Fuel filler lid release button...................4-41
9. Power liftgate open/close button...........4-23
10. Instrument panel illumination control
switch..................................................4-68
11. BCW On/OFF button.........................5-120
12. Lane Keeping Assist System button.5-110
13. Steering wheel....................................4-51
14. Steering wheel tilt control..........4-52, 4-53
15. Inner fuse panel..................................7-54
16. Brake pedal.........................................5-40
17. Parking brake pedal............................5-42
18. Hood release lever..............................4-39
19. Seat.......................................................3-4
OCK017003N
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
25
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Driver`s front air bag.............................3-60
2. Horn......................................................4-54
3. Instrument cluster.................................4-67
4.Wiper/Washer .....................................4-122
5. Engine start/stop button .........................5-7
6. Cruise control .......................................5-78
Smart cruise control system.................5-82
7. Hazard warning flasher switch................6-2
8. Climate control system.......................4-132
9. Shift lever.....................................5-11, 5-20
10. Heated steering wheel button.............4-53
11. ISG (Idle stop and go) system
button................................................5-101
12. Surround view monitoring system ....4-113
13. Seat warmer/
Air ventilation switch..............4-153, 4-154
14. Electronic parking brake(EPB) switch...5-44
15. AUTO HOLD control button................5-50
16. Parking assist system button……….5-101
17. Center console box...........................4-150
18. USB charger.....................................4-157
19. Glove box..........................................4-150
20. Passenger`s front air bag...................3-60
21. Power outlet......................................4-156
22. Drive mode control knob ..................5-105
23. Electronic stability control button........5-56
OCK017004N
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
Your vehicle at a glance
62
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OCK077001/OCK077002
1. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-22
2. Radiator cap......................................7-22
3. Engine oil filler cap............................7-20
4. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-20
5. Brake fluid reservoir ..........................7-26
6. Fuse box............................................7-54
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir......7-27
8. Air cleaner .........................................7-29
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
❈ The battery is in the luggage room.
■■
THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
■■
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
Safety features of your vehicle
Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Always wear your seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Restrain all children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Air bag hazards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Driver distraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Control your speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
• Keep your vehicle in safe condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
• Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . 3-11
• Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
• Seatback pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
• Seat belt precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Care of seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Children always in the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Selecting a Child restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Installing a Child restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . . 3-38
Air bag - advanced supplemental
restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
• How does the air bag system operate? . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
• SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
• SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
• Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
3
Safety features of your vehicle
23
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this man-
ual.The safety precautions in this sec-
tion are among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not prop-
erly restrained. Infants, young chil-
dren, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-
tions and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe-
cially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array of
potential distractions, such as drowsi-
ness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passen-
gers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driv-
ing.To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones,
navigation units, etc.) when your
vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
33
Safety features of your vehicle
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.NEVER
text or email while driving. Most
states have laws prohibiting drivers
from texting. Some states and
cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the road
to always drive safely, with your
hands on the wheel as well as your
eyes and attention on the road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current condi-
tions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe con-
dition
Having a tire blowout or a mechani-
cal failure can be extremely haz-
ardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pres-
sures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
Safety features of your vehicle
43
Driver`s seat
(1) Driver position memory system*
(2) Forward and backward
(3) Seatback angle
(4) Seat cushion height
(5) Lumbar support*
(6) Cushion extension*
(7) Seat back bolster control *
(8) Headrest
Front Passenger`s seat
(9) Forward and backward
(10) Seatback angle
(11) Seat cushion height
(12) Lumbar support*
(13) Headrest
Rear seat
(14) Armrest
(15) Headrest
(16) Seatback folding lever*
* : if equipped
SEAT
OCK037001N
❈ The actual seat design in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
35
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose
objects
Do not place anything in the dri-
ver's foot well or under the front
seats. Loose objects in the dri-
ver's foot area could interfere
with the operation of the foot
pedals.
WARNING - Driver respon-
sibility for passengers
The driver must advise the pas-
sengers to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the restraint system's ability to
restrain will be greatly reduced.
1KMN3662
WARNING - Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on
aftermarket seat cushions or sit-
ting cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap por-
tion of the seat belt during an
accident or a sudden stop.
Safety features of your vehicle
63
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Luggage and
Cargo
Do not stack pile or stack lug-
gage or cargo higher than the
seatback in the cargo area.In an
accident the cargo could strike
and injury a passenger. If
objects are large, heavy or must
be piled, they must be secured
in the cargo area.
WARNING - Cargo Area
Do not allow passengers to ride
in the cargo area under any cir-
cumstance. The cargo area is
solely for the purpose of trans-
porting luggage or cargo.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. This could result in loss
of control of your vehicle.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
of the seatback. Storing items
against the seatback could
result in serious or fatal injury
in a sudden stop or collision.
• Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of the your vehicle. A dis-
tance of at least 10" from your
chest to the steering wheel is
recommended. Failure to do so
can result in air bag inflation
injuries to the driver.
37
Safety features of your vehicle
Feature of Seat Leather
• Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a nat-
ural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
• The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
• The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving
comfort and stability.
• Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
product.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not cov-
ered by warranty.
CAUTION
• Belts with metallic acces-
sories, zippers or keys inside
your back pants pocket may
damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which con-
tain bleach may contaminate
the surface of the seat cover-
ing fabric and cause damage
or discoloration.
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
• Do not place your hand near
the seat bottom or seat track
while adjusting the seat. Your
hand could get caught in the
seat mechanism.
WARNING - Small
Objects
Use extreme caution when pick-
ing up small objects trapped
under the seats or between the
seat and the center console.
Your hands might be cut or
injured by the sharp edges of
the seats mechanism.
Safety features of your vehicle
83
Front seat adjustment - power
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.
When in operation, the power seat-
consumes a large amount of electri-
cal power. To prevent unnecessary
system drain, don’t adjust the power
seat longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
Forward and backward
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position. When the control
switch is operated forward, the seat
cushion is slightly raised, and the
seat cushion lowered when the
switch is operated backward.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OCK037004
CAUTION - Power seat
adjustments
The power seating controls
function by electronic motor.
Excessive operation may cause
damage to the electrical equip-
ment.
CAUTION - Power Seating
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.
WARNING - Unattended
children
Do not leave children unattend-
ed in the vehicle.Children might
operate features of the vehicle
that could injure them.
39
Safety features of your vehicle
Cushion extension
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion for-
ward:
1.Push the front part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
To move the front part of cushion
rearward:
1.Push the rear part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
Seatback angle
Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to
the desired angle. Release the
switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
OCK037005
OCK037006
Safety features of your vehicle
103
Seat height
Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush-
ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the seat cushion. Release
the switch once the seat reaches the
desired position.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support switch
on the side of the seat.
1.Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2),
to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
3. Press the upper portion (3) of the
switch to move the support posi-
tion up, or press the lower portion
(4) of the switch, to move the sup-
port position down.
4. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.
OCK037009OCK037007
311
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat back bolster control
(For driver seat, if equipped)
1.Turn the adjustment switch clock-
wise, the right/left seatback bol-
sters will be adjusted inward.Turn
the switch counterclockwise, the
seatback bolster will be adjusted
outward.
2.To adjust the bolster height to its
maximum in the default state,
operate the switch for 8 seconds.
After that, release the switch
because there is no change in
height even if you continue to
operate the switch.
3. Once adjustment is done, leave
the switch in place.
Driver position memory system
(if equipped, for power seat)
Driving Position Memory System is
the facility that enables driver’s seat,
steering wheel, exterior mirrors, clus-
ter and head-up display (HUD) to be
controlled with a simple button oper-
ation, which allows a driver to recall
memorized driving positions and
automatically control them. Driver’s
seat/ Steering Wheel/ Exterior mir-
rors: location Cluster: Brightness of
lighting
Head up Display (HUD): height, rota-
tion and brightness.
OCK037008 OCK037021
Safety features of your vehicle
123
Storing positions into memory
using the buttons on the door
Storing driver’s seat positions
1. Press the Parking button while the
engine start/stop button is ON.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out-
side rearview mirror and Head up
display comfortable for the driver.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel.The system will beep once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds after
pressing the SET button.The sys-
tem will beep twice when memory
has been successfully stored.
When recalling an adjustment mem-
ory button while sitting in the vehicle,
you can be surprised by the setting
chosen if the memory has been
adjusted by someone else. If that
occurs, immediately push the seat
position control knob in the direction
of the desired position to stop further
undesired movement.
Recalling positions from memory
1. Press the Parking button while the
engine start/stop button is ON.
2.To recall the position in the memo-
ry, press the desired memory but-
ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
once, then the driver’s seat will
automatically adjust to the stored
position.
Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat while the system is
recalling the stored position will
cause the movement to stop and
move in the direction that the control
switch is moved.
WARNING - Driver
Position Memory System
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death or serious injury.
313
Safety features of your vehicle
Easy access function (if equipped)
To provide easier entry to or exit from
the vehicle for a driver, the driver’s
seat will be adjusted backwards as
far as the distance set by User
Setting on the Instrument Panel.This
occurs when the driver’s door is
opened and the Engine start/stop
button is Off with the shift lever in the
P position. If, however, the distance
between the front seat and back
seats are too close, the driver’s seat
could fail to adjust itself backwards.
The steering wheel moves to the top.
With the steering wheel moving as far
as top and as far as forward to a driv-
er on a regular basis steering wheel
identifies and adjusts its location by
itself.
The driver’s seat and steering wheel
will move back to its original position
when a driver closes a driver’s door
with a smart key in his pocket and
the engine start/stop button is in OFF
or in ACC.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to “User settings” in
chapter 4.
Driver position memory system
reset
If the Driver position memory system
reset fails to work, initialize the sys-
tem as follows.
How to initialize:
1. Stop the car and open the driver’s
door with the Engine start/stop
button in ON and the automatic
shift lever in P (parking) position.
2. Pull the driver’s seat forward as far
as possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using
driver’s seat forward adjustment
and seatback angle (recline)
movement switches.
3. Push SET button and seat fore
movement switch button for 2 sec-
onds simultaneously.
Safety features of your vehicle
143
Initialization in the process :
1. Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2.The seat and seatback will auto-
matically move backwards. The
alarm sound will continue while
the system is in operation.
3. Initialization will be all set after the
seat and seatback move to the
center with alarm sound being
raised. If, however, cases as fol-
lows occur, the initialization
process will come to a stop and
the alarm sound will stop as well.
- When pushing driving position
memory system button
- When pushing driver’s seat
height adjustment switch
- When relocating the shift lever
from P position to other positions
- When the driving speed exceeds
2mph (3 km/h)
- When the driver’s door is closed
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps protect the head and
neck in the event of a rear collision.
OMG038400
CAUTION
• If alarm sound and driver seat
adjustment stop while initial-
ization is in process, re-start
initialization.
• Make sure that there are no
obstacles around the driver
seat before proceeding with
initialization.
• Once initialization is complet-
ed, adjust seats conforming to
your idea driving position and
save the customized seat set-
tings.
315
Safety features of your vehicle
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
WARNING - Headrest
removal/adjustment
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose con-
trol of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing
may damage the headrest.
OCK037011
Safety features of your vehicle
163
Forward and backward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted for-
ward to 4 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent.
To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest
backwards position,
Pull the headrest fully forward to the
farthest position and release it.
Adjust the headrest so that it properly
supports the head and neck.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
Removal and reinstallation
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button
(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).
OCK037012
WARNING - Headrest
Removal
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
Headrests can provide critical
neck and head support in a
crash.
OYFH034205
OCK037010
317
Safety features of your vehicle
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger’s and
driver’s seatbacks.
Rear seat adjustment
Headrest
The rear seat is equipped with head-
rests in all the seating positions for
the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides com-
fort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
OCK037016
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
OCK037073N
OCK037014
WARNING - Headrest
Reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to
the head or neck, always make
sure the headrest is locked into
position and adjusted properly
after reinstalling.
Safety features of your vehicle
183
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's heads is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and down
(if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Removal and reinstallation
(if equipped)
To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling the
headrest upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button (1).
Then adjust it to the appropriate
height and ensure that it locks in
position.
OCK037018
OCK037017N
319
Safety features of your vehicle
Armrest
To use the armrest, pull it forward
from the seatback.
Folding the rear seat (if equipped)
The rear seatbacks may be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
To fold down the rear seatback
1. Make sure the rear seat belt web-
bing is in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2.Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
4.Pull on the seatback folding
lever(1), then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle.
OCK037019N
OCK037067
WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down
rear seatbacks is to allow you to
carry longer objects than could
not otherwise be accommodated.
Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down seat-
back while the car is moving as
this is not a proper seating
position and no seat belts are
available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death
in case of an accident or sud-
den stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should
not extend higher than the top
of the front seats. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
cause injury or damage during
sudden stops.
Safety features of your vehicle
203
5.To use the rear seat, lift and push
the seatback backward. Push the
seat back firmly until it clicks into
place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
WARNING
After folding the rear seat,
unless the driver’s position is
properly set according to the
driver’s physical figure, do not
fold the rear seat. It may
increase body injuries in a sud-
den stop or collision.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback
to its upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. If
the seatback is returned with-
out holding it, the back of the
seat could spring forward
resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
WARNING
When you return the rear seat-
back to its upright position after
being folded down:
Be careful not to damage the
seat belt webbing or buckle. Do
not allow the seat belt webbing
or buckle to get caught or
pinched in the rear seat. Ensure
that the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position
by pushing on the top of the
seatback. Otherwise, in an acci-
dent or sudden stop, the seat
could fold down and allow
cargo enter the passenger com-
partment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger
seats to prevent damage to the
vehicle interior.
OCK037068
321
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not extend
higher than the top of the front
seatbacks.This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury
or damage during sudden stops.
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
transaxle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo.Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being
thrown about the vehicle in a
collision and causing injury to
the vehicle occupants. Do not
place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
CAUTION - Rear seat
belts
When returning the rear seat-
backs to the upright position,
remember to return the rear
shoulder belts to their proper
position.
CAUTION - Damaging
rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seat-
back, insert the buckle between
the rear seatback and cushion.
Doing so can prevent the buckle
from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
Safety features of your vehicle
223
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
• For maximum restraint system pro-
tection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable;wearing the lap section of
the belt across the abdominal area
must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid con-
tamination of the webbing with pol-
ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-
ularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
would either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the web-
bing or hardware is damaged as
you can no longer be sure that a
damaged seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
WARNING - Twisted seat
belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly pro-
tect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Shoulder Belt
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind
your back. An improperly
positioned shoulder belt can-
not protect the occupant in a
crash.
• Always wear both the shoul-
der portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
323
Safety features of your vehicle
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dan-
gerous and you may not be pro-
tected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.
Seat belt warning
Driver’s seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the engine start/stop button
is in ON regardless of belt fastening
and warning chime will sound for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the engine start/stop button
is in ON when the belt is unfastened.
If a driver continue not to fasten the
seat belt and drive 5.6 mph (9 km/h)
or more and less than 12 mph (20
km/h), the warning light will stay illu-
minated.
If a driver continue not to fasten the
seat belt while driving over 12 mph
(20 km/h),
the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 sec-
onds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If a driver unfasten the seat belt while
driving below 12 mph (20 km/h), the
warning light will stay illuminated.
If a driver unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
1GQA2083
Safety features of your vehicle
243
Front passenger's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warn-
ing lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn
the Engine start/stop button in ON
regardless of belt fastening.
If the front passenger continue not to
fasten the seat belt and drive 5.6
mph (9 km/h) or more and less than
12 mph (20 km/h), the warning light
will stay illuminated.
If the front passenger continue not to
fasten the seat belt while driving over
12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt
warning chime will sound for approx-
imately 100 seconds and the corre-
sponding warning light will blink.
If the front passenger unfasten the
seat belt while driving below 12 mph
(20 km/h),the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If the front passenger unfasten the
seat belt while driving over 12 mph
(20 km/h),the seat belt warning
chime will sound for approximately
100 seconds and the corresponding
warning light will blink.
Lap/shoulder belt
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoul-
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions
for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
You will not be getting the most effec-
tive protection. The shoulder portion
should be adjusted so that it lies
across your chest and midway over
your shoulder near the door and not
your neck.
OYG036028
OCK037022
325
Safety features of your vehicle
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible “click” when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sud-
den stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
B180A01NF-1
WARNING
-
Shoulder belt positioning
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
WARNING
-
Seat belt replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an acci-
dent could leave you with dam-
aged seat belts that will not pro-
vide protection in the event of
another collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
263
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.
Pull the metal tab (B) and insert it (B)
into the buckle (B’). There will be an
audible “click”when the tab locks into
the buckle. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
B200A01NF
WARNING
You should place the lap belt
portion as low as possible and
snugly across your hips, not on
your waist.If the lap belt is locat-
ed too high on your waist, it may
increase the chance of injury in
the event of a collision. Both
arms should not be under or
over the belt. Rather, one should
be over and the other under, as
shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm near the door.
OCK037024
OCK037025
327
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
safety belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (A) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draw back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
The seat belt should be locked into
the buckle on each seat cushion to
be properly fastened.
➀ : Rear right seat belt fastening
buckle
➁ : Rear center seat belt fastening
buckle
➂ : Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
WARNING
Always have the metal tab(A)
inserted into the buckle (A’).
OUM036100L OCK037064
Safety features of your vehicle
283
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor may
lock into position.In certain frontal col-
lisions, the pre-tensioner will activate
and pull the seat belt into tighter con-
tact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal colli-
sions.
OCK037065
OXMA033101
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat
belts, ensure the latch matches
the seat belt buckle. Forcefully
fastening the left or right seat
belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening
scenario that will not protect
you in an accident.
329
Safety features of your vehicle
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will release
some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating condi-
tions and are not hazardous.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents.Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Front retractor pre-tensioner
assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device (EFD)
OJF045207L
WARNING - Skin Irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly after an accident in
which the pre-tensioner seat
belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner
activation may cause skin irrita-
tion and should not be breathed
for prolonged periods.
Safety features of your vehicle
303
✽✽
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-
tem may be activated not only in
certain frontal collision, but also in
certain side collisions or rollovers,
if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the Engine Start/Stop button
has been turned to the ON posi-
tion, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system
is not working properly, this warning
light will illuminate even if there is not
a malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the Engine
Start/Stop button is turned ON, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds, or if it
illuminates while the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
Pre-tensioners are designed to oper-
ate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must
be replaced, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Hot preten-
sioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pre-
tensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
331
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belt precautions
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
For more information about the use of
these restraints, refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
✽✽
NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that meets
the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Before buying any child restraint sys-
tem, make sure that it has a label cer-
tifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The
restraint must be appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
Check the label on the child restraint
for this information. Refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened and
snugged on the hips as low as possi-
ble. Check periodically to insure that
the belt fits.A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children
are given the most safety in the event
of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint sys-
tem in the rear seat. If a larger child
(over age 12) must be seated in the
front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should
be placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat.NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint sys-
tem. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
Safety features of your vehicle
323
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear
lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
ever possible according to specific
recommendations by their doctors.
The lap portion of the belt should be
worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
POSSIBLE.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommenda-
tions.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an acci-
dent.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the vehicle is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
WARNING - Pinched seat
belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop.
333
Safety features of your vehicle
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry.If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Chemical sub-
stances should not be used on seat
belts to prevent any damage. Heated
up seatbelts may burn infants and
children.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident.This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt oper-
ation should be directed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
343
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury in an accident, sudden
stop or sudden maneuver. According
to accident statistics, children are
safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be serious-
ly injured or killed. Children too large
for a child restraint must use the seat
belts provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices.The
laws governing the age or
height/weight restrictions at which
seat belts can be used instead of
child restraints differs among states,
so you should be aware of the spe-
cific requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat. You must use a commer-
cially available child restraint system
that meets the requirements of the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-
tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.
WARNING - Restraint
Location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forceful-
ly struck by an inflating airbag
and seriously injured.
WARNING - Hot Child
Restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
335
Safety features of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-
ing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
✽✽
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower
anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child’s height and weight.The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this infor-
mation.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
WARNING
-
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of serious injury or death in an
accident. Always take the fol-
lowing precautions when using
a child restraint system:
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er’s instructions for installa-
tion and use.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating posi-
tion shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
363
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child’s age, height and weight.
WARNING - Holding
Children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created dur-
ing a crash will tear the child
from your arms and throw the
child against the car’s interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle.The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in injuries
to the child in the vehicle.
WARNING - Seat Belt Use
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants.
337
Safety features of your vehicle
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The
harness system holds the child in
place, and in an accident, acts to
keep the child positioned in the seat
and reduces the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats
typically have higher height and
weight limits for the rear-facing posi-
tion, allowing you to keep your child
rear-facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufactur-
er. It’s the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the for-
ward-facing child restraint, your child
is ready for a booster seat.
CRS09
OCK037026N
Safety features of your vehicle
383
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat
until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have
the seat belt fit properly. For a seat
belt to fit properly, the lap belt must
lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder
and chest and not across the neck or
face. Children under age 13 must
always ride in the rear seats and
must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system.
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward and from
side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufac-
turer instructions.
339
Safety features of your vehicle
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) System
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an
accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attach-
ments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will pro-
vide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attach-
ments for the LATCH lower anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions.Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are
no LATCH anchors provided for the
center rear seating position.
B230D01NF
WARNING - LATCH Lower
Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center
seating position. LATCH lower
anchors are only to be used in
the left and right rear outboard
seating positions.You may dam-
age the anchors or the anchors
may fail and break in a collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
403
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the
upper portion of the lower anchor
cover.
❈ (1) : Lower Anchor position indicator
(2) : Lower Anchor
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instruc-
tions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments
on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
OCK037029N
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their
neck and the seat belt tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by your author-
ized Kia dealer after an acci-
dent. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may
not properly secure the child
restraint.
341
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The recommended maximum
weight for the LATCH system is 65
lbs. (30 kg). When selecting a proper
child restraint, consider that the
maximum total weight of the child
plus the child restraint should be
less than 65 lbs (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the
following calculation:
Child Restraint Weight =
65 - (child's total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat
with “Tether Anchor” system
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufactur-
er recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the back of the rear seat-
backs.
OCK037027N
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single teth-
er anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the cor-
rect tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harness-
es, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
• Always fasten the seat belts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure
to do so may result in child
strangulation.
Safety features of your vehicle
423
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seat-
back. Route the tether strap under
the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts, or route
the tether strap over the top of the
vehicle seatback. Make sure the
strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer’s instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward and from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
mode to secure a child restraint.
The “Automatic Locking” mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
promise the child restraint system.To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
OCK037028N OLMB033044
343
Safety features of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following :
1.Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/ shoul-
der belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer’s instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that
it is easy to access in case of an
emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out.When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic
Locking” (child restraint) mode.
OEN036101 OEN036102
Safety features of your vehicle
443
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet-
ing” sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the “Automatic
Locking”mode.If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Automatic Locking” mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
OEN036103
WARNING - Auto lock
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Lock mode when installing any
child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle
turns or stops suddenly.
345
Safety features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and sever-
ity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OCK037030N
Safety features of your vehicle
463
How does the air bag system
operate?
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is turned
to the ON or engine is running.
• The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact, and, the
density and stiffness of the vehi-
cles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determin-
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in serious
side collisions, side and/or curtain
air bags will inflate if the sensing
system detects a rollover.
• When a rollover is detected, side
and/or curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly.
The speed of the air bag inflation is
a consequence of extremely short
time in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occu-
pant impacts those structures.This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of the air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
ken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel or passenger air
bag can cause fatal injuries,
especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel or passenger
air bag.
347
Safety features of your vehicle
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a
loud noise and leave smoke and
powder in the air inside the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After
the air bag inflates, you may feel sub-
stantial discomfort in breathing due
to the contact of your chest with both
the seat belt and the air bag, as well
as from breathing the smoke and
powder. Open your doors and/or
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discom-
fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.
WARNING - Hot compo-
nents
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag infla-
tion.The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
WARNING - Airbag infla-
tion
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con-
trol of your vehicle. A distance
of at least 10" from your chest
to the steering wheel is recom-
mended. Failure to do so can
result in airbag inflation injuries
to the driver.
WARNING
Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as the
instrument panel, windows, pil-
lars, and roof rails.
Safety features of your vehicle
483
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger’s seat.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen-
ger’s seat. If the front passenger air
bag inflates, it could cause serious or
fatal injuries to the child.
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert
you of a potential problem with your
air bag system, which could include
your side and/or curtain air bags
used for rollover protection.
1JBH3051
W7-147
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats of a
vehicle equipped with side
and/or curtain air bags, install
the child restraint system as
far away from the door side as
possible. Inflation of the side
and/or curtain air bags could
impact the child.
• Do not install or place any
accessories near air bag
deployment areas, such as
the instrument panel, win-
dows, pillars, and roof rails.
349
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM) /
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator (Front passenger’s seat
only)
11. Occupant detection system
(Front passenger’s seat only)
12. Emergency fastening device
(EFD)
13. Driver`s knee air bag module
If the air bag warning light is illumi-
nated for more than 6 seconds after
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned on, or of it illuminates during
vehicle operation, an SRS compo-
nent may not be functioning properly
and you should have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
W7-147
OCK047061N
Safety features of your vehicle
503
If any of the following conditions
occur, this indicates a malfunction in
the air bag system. Have an author-
ized Kia dealer inspect the air bag
system as soon as possible.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
The front air bag modules are locat-
ed both in the center of the steering
wheel and in the front passenger's
panel above the glove box.When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
B240B01L
Driver’s front air bag (1)
B240B02L
Driver’s front air bag (2)
351
Safety features of your vehicle
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
• If an air bag deploys, there may be
a loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle.These con-
ditions are normal and are not haz-
ardous - the air bags are packed in
this fine powder.The dust generat-
ed during air bag deployment may
cause skin or eye irritation as well
as aggravate asthma for some per-
sons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags were
deployed.
B240B03L
Driver’s front air bag (3)
B240B05L
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING - Air bag
obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehi-
cle. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the air
bag deploys.
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
Safety features of your vehicle
523
• The SRS can function only when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ON position. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate,
or continuously remains on after
illuminating for about 6 seconds
when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, or after the
engine is started, comes on while
driving, the SRS is not working
properly. If this occurs, have your
vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or discon-
nect a battery terminal, turn the
Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse (s) when the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON position.
Failure to heed this warning will
cause the SRS air bag warning light
to illuminate.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant detection system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant detection system is
designed to detect the presence of a
properly-seated front passenger and
determine if the passenger's front air
bag should be enabled (may inflate)
or not. Only the front passenger front
air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.
Do not put anything in front of the
passenger air bag indicator.
Main components of the occu-
pant detection system
• An detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• An electronic system which deter-
mines whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicates the front passen-
ger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warn-
ing light is interconnected with the
occupant detection system.
OCK037035
353
Safety features of your vehicle
If the front passenger seat is occu-
pied by a person that the system
determines to be of appropriate size,
and he/she sits properly (sitting
upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their
feet on the floor), the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off
and the front passenger's air bag will
be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator on the center
facia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1 ~ 4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion, with the person’s legs
comfortably extended, feet on the
floor, and wearing the safety belt prop-
erly) for the most effective protection
by the air bag and the safety belt.
• The ODS (Occupant Detection
System) may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can defeat the detection system.
These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or cen-
ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
543
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection
system
*
1
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult.When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat.When a larger child who has
outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may rec-
ognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*
3
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*
4
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front
passenger seat.This is a normal condition.
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS warning
light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult*
1
Off Off Activated
2. Child restraint system with
child under 12 months old
*
2
*
3
*
4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
CAUTION
• Do not install a child restraint
seat in the passenger seat
when the seat is heavily
soaked with any type of liquid.
• Do not alter or remodel the
ODS (Occupant Detection
System).This may damage the
system and prevent its proper
function in a collision.
355
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat
and aftermarket manufactured
passenger seat heaters.
• After conducting car interior clean-
ing using steam or detergent, the
seat should be dried properly.
Afterward, check for normal oper-
ation of the “PASS AIR BAG
“OFF” and air bag warning lights.
• Any service related to the passen-
ger seat and the ODS must be
done at Kia service center.
• After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair
purposes, check for normal opera-
tion of the “PASS AIR BAG
“OFF” and air bag warning lights
with a person seated or not seated
in the passenger seat.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the “PASS AIR BAG “OFF”
symbol is illuminated, the passenger
air bag system will not operate. The
passenger air bag system will oper-
ate when necessary if the symbol is
not illuminated.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
on or attach anything such as a blan-
ket, front seat cover or after market
seat heater to the front passenger
seat. This can adversely affect the
occupant detection system.
WARNING - ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may
result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
Safety features of your vehicle
563
OJFA035106
- Never sit with hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
OJFA035104
- Do not place a heavy load in
the front passenger seatback
pocket or on the front passen-
ger seat.
OJFA035105
- Do not place feet on the front
passenger seatback.
WARNING - ODS System
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
Detection System and may
result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to
the proper seating instructions
as contained in this manual.
(Continued)
OJFA035107
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
OJFA035108
- Never place feet on the dash-
board.
357
Safety features of your vehicle
OJFA035109
- Never lean on the door or cen-
ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
OJFA035101
- Do not use car seat acces-
sories such as thick blankets
and cushions which cover up
the car seat surface.
(Continued)
OJFA035102
- Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops, DVD
player, or conductive materi-
als such as water bottles on
the passenger seat.
Do not use electronic devices
such as laptops and satellite
radios which use inverter
chargers.
Safety features of your vehicle
583
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position and ask the passenger
to sit properly (sitting upright with the
seat back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the per-
son remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is still on, ask the passen-
ger to move to the rear seat.
B990A01O
Proper position
WARNING
- “AIR BAG OFF” light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator is illuminated,
because the air bag will not
deploy in the event of a crash.
The driver must instruct the
passenger to reposition himself
in the seat. Failure to properly
position yourself may lead to air
bag deactivation resulting in air
bag non-deployment in a colli-
sion. If the PASSENGER AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator remains
illuminated after the passenger
repositions themselves proper-
ly and the car is restarted, it is
recommended that passenger
move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag
will not deploy.
WARNING
- Wet Passenger Seat
Do not spill liquid in the pas-
senger seat. Spilled liquid on
the passenger seat may cause
the air bag warning light to illu-
minate or malfunction. If any liq-
uid is spilled, make sure the
seat has been completely dried
before driving the vehicle.
359
Safety features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the Engine Start/Stop
button is turned to the ON position
or after the engine is started. If the
front passenger seat is occupied, the
occupant detection sensor will then
classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the occupant detec-
tion system, never install a child
restraint system in the front pas-
senger's seat. A deploying air bag
can forcefully strike a child result-
ing in serious injuries or death.Any
child age 12 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large
for child restraints should use the
available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children
of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat.
• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG
“OFF” indicator is illuminated when
the front passenger's seat is occu-
pied by an adult and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the
seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
If the occupant detection system is
not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connect-
ed with the occupant detection sys-
tem. If there is a malfunction of the
occupant detection system, the PAS-
SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
will not illuminate and the passen-
ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
603
Driver's and passenger's front
air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder
belts at both the driver and passen-
ger seating position.
The indication of the system's pres-
ence are the letters “AIR BAG”located
on the air bag pad cover on the steer-
ing wheel and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel and the
passenger's side front panel above
the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
mine if the driver and front passen-
ger's seat belts are fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation with
two levels. A first stage level is pro-
vided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
The passenger’s front air bag is
designed to help reduce the injury of
children sitting close to the instru-
ment panel in low speed collisions.
However, children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
✽✽
NOTICE
The driver’s hands should be placed on
the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
positions. The passenger’s arm and
hands should be placed on their laps.
OCK037032N
■ Driver’s front air bag
■ Driver’s knee air bag
OCK037031L
OCK037033
■ Passenger’s front air bag
361
Safety features of your vehicle
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant detection system in
the front passenger's seat.The occu-
pant detection system detects the
presence of a passenger in the front
passenger's seat and will turn off the
front passenger's air bag under cer-
tain conditions. For more detail, see
“Occupant detection system” in this
chapter.
Modification to the seat structure can
cause the air bag to deploy at a dif-
ferent level than should be provided.
Manufacturers are required by gov-
ernment regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifica-
tions to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system.That contact is Kia’s toll-free
Customer Assistance center at 1-
800-333-4Kia. However, Kia does
not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of
the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant detection system.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-
vide enhanced occupant protection in
frontal crashes.Front air bags are not
intended to deploy in collisions in
which sufficient protection can be pro-
vided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.
✽✽
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once –
have an authorized Kia dealer
replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when
frontal deployment threshold is satis-
fied at side-impact, front air bags
may deploy.In addition, front air bags
will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.
WARNING - Replacement/
modifications
The front passenger seat, dash-
board or door should not be
replaced except by an author-
ized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehi-
cle and model. Any other such
replacement or modification
could adversely affect the oper-
ation of the occupant detection
system and your advanced air
bags.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
Safety features of your vehicle
623
Side air bag
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
• The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The side air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• The side and/or curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle will deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
• The side air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or
rollover situations.
OJF035041
OCK037036
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stick-
ers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such
objects could cause harm if
the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to deploy.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deploy-
ment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
363
Safety features of your vehicle
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's
seat belt systems and is not a sub-
stitute for them. Therefore your
seat belts must be worn at all times
while the vehicle is in operation.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air
bag, both front seat occupants
should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fas-
tened. The driver's hands should
be placed on the steering wheel at
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia deal-
er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-
cle is equipped with side air bags
and an occupant detection system.
WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side air bag as
this may affect the deployment
of the side air bags.
WARNING - Unexpected
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the Engine
Start/Stop button is ON to pre-
vent unexpected deployment of
the side air bag.
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Never place or insert any
object into any small opening
near side airbag labels
attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the
object may affect the deploy-
ment and result in unexpected
accident or bodily harm.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
Safety features of your vehicle
643
Curtain air bag
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect
occupants in certain side impacts
and to help prevent them from eject-
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a
rollover, especially when the seat-
belts are also in use.
• The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of
impact.However, when side deploy-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
• The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
• Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations.
• The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side
impact or rollover situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies against the
doors, put their arms on the doors,
stretch their arms out of the window
or place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are seat-
ed on seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
✽✽
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any com-
ponents of the side and curtain air
bag system. This should only be
done by an authorized Kia dealer.
OCK037038
OJF035043
WARNING - No attaching
objects
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang hard or breakable
objects on the coat hook.
365
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional pro-
tection.
These include rear impacts, second
or third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor
(4) Side impact sensor
(5) Side impact sensor
OCK037039L/OCK037040N/OCK037041L/OCK037042/OCK037043/OCK037044
Safety features of your vehicle
663
Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed due
to the deformation of the front
bumper, front end module, body or
front doors where side collision sen-
sors are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side
step or running board) or replacing a
bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and air
bag deployment performance.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the intensity, speed or angles of
impact of the front collision.
OCK037045
WARNING - Air bag sen-
sors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious per-
sonal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should.
Therefore, do not try to per-
form maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.
367
Safety features of your vehicle
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal colli-
sions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions.They may inflate in other types
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors.Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, includ-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
being towed.
Even where side and/or curtain air
bags would not provide impact pro-
tection in a rollover, however, they
will deploy to prevent ejection of
occupants, especially those who are
restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
OCK037046L
OJF035052
Safety features of your vehicle
683
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro-
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occu-
pants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able
to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions, because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and thus in side
impacts, frontal air bag deployment
would not provide additional occu-
pant protection.
OCK037047
OCK037049OCK037048
369
Safety features of your vehicle
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags
would not be able to provide any
additional benefit, and thus the
sensors may not deploy any air
bags.
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehi-
cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi-
cle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
“under-ride” situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
• Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents where the
SRSCM indicates that the front air
bag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
OYG036079 OCK037050 OYG036080
Safety features of your vehicle
703
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
cle collides with objects such as util-
ity poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated to one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illumi-
nate, or continuously remains on, have
your vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger’s panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may
result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized Kia dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to fol-
low these precautions and proce-
dures could increase the risk of per-
sonal injury.
OCK037051L
371
Safety features of your vehicle
Adding equipment to or modi-
fying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by chang-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
tem, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the opera-
tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to the sunvi-
sor to alert the driver and passen-
gers of potential risks of the air bag
system.
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or discon-
nect SRS wiring, or other com-
ponents of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative.
WARNING - Towing Vehicle
Always have the Engine
Start/Stop button in the OFF
position when your vehicle is
being towed. The side air bags
may inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
OCK037072N
Features of your vehicle
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
• This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules . 4-10
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Mechanical key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-16
• Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-17
• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
• Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Non-Powered liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
• Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
• Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Wide sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
• Tilting the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Electric Power Steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
• Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
4
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
• Automatic-dimming function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Compass function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Programming HomeLink
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Standard programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Rolling code programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Gate operator & Canadian programming . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Operating HomeLink
®
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button. . . . . . 4-62
• Erasing HomeLink
®
buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
• Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
• Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
• LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
• Transaxle Shift Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
LCD windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
• Over view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
• Trip information (Trip computer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
• LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
• Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Warning message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Head Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
• Head up display ON/OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• Head up display information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• Head up display setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• Non-operational conditions of parking assist
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Surround View Monitoring system (SVM) . . . . 4-113
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
• Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
4
• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
• Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
• Liftgate room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
• Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
• Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-133
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
• Air conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
• Automatic ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Smart ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
• USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
• Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
4
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
• FCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
4
45
Features of your vehicle
Record your key number
The key code num-
ber is stamped on
the key code tag
attached to the key
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to
duplicate the keys easily.
Remove the key code tag and store it
in a safe place. Also, record the key
code number and keep it in a safe
and handy place, but not in the vehi-
cle.
Smart key functions
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic alarm
With smart key, you can lock or
unlock doors (and liftgate) and start
the engine without inserting the key.
Refer to the following, for more
details.
SMART KEY
WARNING - Smart key
Never leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised chil-
dren. Leaving children unat-
tended in a vehicle with a smart
key is dangerous. Children
copy adults and they could
press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
ate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehi-
cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.
OCK047005N
Features of your vehicle
64
Locking
Pressing the button of the front out-
side door handles with all doors
closed and any door unlocked, locks
all the doors. The hazard warning
lights will blink and the chime will
sound once to indicate that all doors
are locked.The button will only oper-
ate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1 m) from the outside
door handle. If you want to make
sure that a door has locked or not,
you should check the door lock but-
ton inside the vehicle or pull the out-
side door handle.
In some instances, when the outside
door button is selected, the doors will
not lock and an audible chime will
sound for 3 seconds if any of the fol-
lowing occurs:
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON position.
• Any door is opened.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the driver's (or
front passenger’s) outside door han-
dle with all doors closed and locked,
unlocks the driver's door.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the driver's door
is unlocked. Also, the outside
rearview mirrors will automatically
unfold if the outside rearview mirror
folding switch is in the AUTO posi-
tion.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1m) from the outside door han-
dle.
OCK047010
47
Features of your vehicle
When Two press unlock function is
activated,
- If you press the driver's outside
door handle button, driver`s door
will unlock.
- If you press the driver's outside
door handle button within four sec-
onds again, then all the doors will
unlock.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Press Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
Liftgate unlocking
If you are within 28 ~ 40 in (0.7 ~ 1
m) from the outside liftgate handle,
with your smart key in possession,
the lift gate will unlock and open
when you press the liftgate handle
switch.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
Engine start
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
❈ For detailed information refer to
“ENGINE START/STOP button” in
chapter 5.
Smart key precautions
• If you lose your smart key, you will
not be able to start the engine.Tow
the vehicle, if necessary, and con-
tact an authorized Kia dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, you should imme-
diately take the vehicle and key to
your authorized Kia dealer to pro-
tect it from potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can inter-
fere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
84
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you
have a problem with the smart key,
contact an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximi-
ty to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the smart
key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
call, receiving calls, text messag-
ing, and/or sending/receiving
emails.Avoid placing the smart key
and your cell phone or smart
phone in the same pants or jacket
pocket and maintain adequate dis-
tance between the two devices.
• Do not leave the smart key near
metallic objects such as golf bag,
metal case and so on.
• Door Lock/Unlock failure or poor
starting can occur when the smart
key is placed near metallic objects.
• Always carry your smart key when
you leave the car. An unattended
smart key close to the vehicle can
cause the vehicle battery to be dis-
charged itself.
• The smart key is not completely
water-proof. In turn, internal circuit
damage-related malfunction may
occur when the key comes into
contact with moisture (beverage,
water etc.) or is heated. In this
case, warranty repair is not avail-
able.
• When the smart key is left with a
bunch of keys, the Lock/Unlock
button for doors and liftgate can be
accidently pressed. Pay careful
attention to key use.
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button
is pressed. If all doors (and liftgate)
are closed, the hazard warning lights
will blink once to indicate that all
doors (and liftgate) are locked.
However, if any door remains open,
the hazard warning lights will not
operate. But if all doors are closed
after the lock button is pressed, the
hazard warning lights will blink once.
OCK047005N
CAUTION - Transmitter
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not func-
tion properly.
49
Features of your vehicle
Unlock (2)
All doors (and liftgate) can be
unlocked if the unlock button is
pressed. The hazard warning lights
will blink twice again to indicate that
all doors (and liftgate) are unlocked.
After pressing this button, the doors
will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
When Two press unlock function is
activated,
- If you press the Door Unlock but-
ton(2) on the smart key, driver`s
door will unlock.
- If you press Door Unlock button(2)
on the smart key within four sec-
onds again, then all the doors will
unlock.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Press Unlock function. Refer to
“User settings” in this chapter.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer's vehicle warranty.
Liftgate unlock (3)
The liftgate is unlocked if the button
is pressed for more than 1 second.
The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that the liftgate is
unlocked.
However, after pressing this button,
the liftgate will lock automatically
unless you open the liftgate within 30
seconds.
Also, once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
Panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard
warning lights blink for about 30 sec-
onds if this button is pressed for
more than 0.5 seconds. To stop the
horn and lights, press any button on
the transmitter.
Features of your vehicle
104
Transmitter precautions
The smart key will not
work if any of following occurs:
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 32.8 feet [10 m]).
• The battery in the smart key is
weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans-
mitter.
When the smart key does not work
properly, open and close the door
with the smart key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
• If the transmitter is in close proxim-
ity to your cell phone or smart
phone, the signal from the trans-
mitter could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or
smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or send-
ing/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the transmitter and
your cell phone or smart phone in
the same pants or jacket pocket
and maintain adequate distance
between the two devices.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance, it will not be cov-
ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
CAUTION - Transmitter
damage
Do not drop, wet or expose the
keyless entry system transmit-
ter to heat or sunlight.
411
Features of your vehicle
Battery replacement
A battery should last for several
years, but if the smart key is not
working properly, try replacing the
battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use or replace the
battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
1. Pry open the smart key center
cover using screw (-) driver.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032).When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
Mechanical key operations
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
• Lock and unlock the doors when
the vehicle or smart key battery is
discharged.
OCK047004N
OCK047003N
Features of your vehicle
124
Smart key
To remove the mechanical key (2),
press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
Immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
button is changed to the ON position,
the immobilizer system checks and
verifies if the key is valid or not.
If the key is valid, the engine will
start.
If the key is invalid, the engine will
not start.
✽✽
NOTICE
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys any-
where in your vehicle. Your
Immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential. Do not leave this num-
ber anywhere in your vehicle.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system
Change the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer sys-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position. The
immobilizer system activates auto-
matically. Without a valid smart key
for your vehicle, the engine will not
start.
In order to prevent theft of your vehi-
cle, do not leave spare keys any-
where in your vehicle.
Your immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and should
be kept confidential.Do not leave this
number anywhere in your vehicle.
✽✽
NOTICE
Keep each key separate in order to
avoid a starting malfunction.
413
Features of your vehicle
Do not put metal accessories near
the smart key.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent
the engine from being started.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
✽✽
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static elec-
tricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
144
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the vehicle. This system is oper-
ated in three stages: the first is the
“Armed” stage, the second is the
“Theft-alarm” stage, and the third is
the “Disarmed” stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
Armed stage
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors (and lift-
gate) and engine hood are closed
and latched.
3. Lock the doors by depressing the
door lock button on the smart key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
(for smart key, the chime also
sounds) once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any door (or liftgate) or engine
hood remains open, the hazard
warning lights and the chime will not
operate and the theft-alarm will not
arm. If all doors and liftgate and
engine hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warn-
ing lights blink once.
The system can also be armed by
locking the doors with the key from
the front doors; however, the hazard
warning lights will not blink using this
method.
✽✽
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deac-
tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a pas-
senger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate)
or engine hood is opened within
30 seconds after the system
enters the armed stage, the sys-
tem is disarmed to prevent an
unnecessary alarm.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
Disarmed
stage
415
Features of your vehicle
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A front or rear door is opened with-
out using the smart key.
• The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 30 seconds, and
repeat the horn 2 times unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the
smart key.
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when
• The doors (and liftgate) are
unlocked with the smart key.
After depressing the unlock button,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice (in
smart key) to indicate that the sys-
tem is disarmed.
After depressing the unlock button, if
any door (or liftgate) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key and start
the engine by directly pressing the
engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifi-
cations to the theft-alarm system are
not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer warranty.
CAUTION - Adjusting
alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction.
Features of your vehicle
164
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
• After removing the cover (2) while
pressing the hole (1) using
mechanical key or screw driver (-),
turn the key (3) toward the front of
the vehicle to unlock and toward
the rear of the vehicle to lock.
• If you lock/unlock the driver’s door
with a key, only the driver’s door
will lock/unlock.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand.Make sure the doors
are closed securely.
✽✽
NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing con-
ditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
OCK047011
■ Type A ■ Type B
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and
close the door repeatedly or
with excessive force. Such
action can damage the vehicle
door.
417
Features of your vehicle
• To lock a door without the key,
push the inside door lock button (1)
or central door lock switch (2) to
the “Lock” position and close the
door (3).
• If you lock the door with the central
door lock switch (2), all vehicle
doors will lock automatically.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always place the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows, and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-
tion. The red mark on the handle
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark on the handle will not be vis-
ible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(2) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the dri-
ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the button will
unlock and the door will open. (if
equipped)
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
front door is opened.
• Doors cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and an door is
open.
OCK047013L
OCK047012N
Features of your vehicle
184
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle, try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit :
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
With central door lock switch
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
For Driver’s door:
• When pushing down on the right
portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle
doors will lock.
• When pushing down on left portion
(2) of the switch, all vehicle doors
will unlock.
For Front Passenger’s door:
• When pushing down on the front
portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle
doors will lock.
• When pushing down on the rear
portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle
doors will unlock.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any front door is opened, the
doors will not lock even though the
right portion(1, driver`s door) of the
central door lock switch is pressed.
OCK047014
OCK047064N
■ Driver side
■ Passenger side
419
Features of your vehicle
Door lock/unlock features
Impact sensing door unlock sys-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 9 mph
(15 km/h).
You can activate or deactivate the
auto door lock/unlock features in the
vehicle. Refer to “User setting” in this
chapter.
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from acciden-
tally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenev-
er children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2.Turn the child safety lock (1) locat-
ed on the rear edge of the door to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even when the inner door handle
is pulled.
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion to prevent
accidental opening of the door.
WARNING - Unattended
children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
OCK047015
Features of your vehicle
204
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the out-
side door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is moving, they may fall
out.
421
Features of your vehicle
Non-Powered Liftgate
Opening the liftgate
• The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the smart key or cen-
tral door lock/unlock switch.
• Only the liftgate is unlocked if the lift-
gate unlock button on the smart key
is pressed for approximately 1 sec-
ond.
• If unlocked, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the handle and
pulling it up.
• Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate locks automati-
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
✽✽
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, liftgate
lock and liftgate mechanisms may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
LIFTGATE
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
The liftgate should always be
kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, exhaust gases
may enter the car and serious
illness or death may result.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the liftgate.
OCK047016
Features of your vehicle
224
Closing the liftgate
Lower and push down the liftgate
firmly. Make sure that the liftgate is
securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and
other parts of your body are
safely out of the way before
closing the liftgate.
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the
liftgate latch and striker while
closing the liftgate. It may dam-
age the liftgate's latch.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
If you drive with the liftgate
open, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury
or death to vehicle occupants. If
you must drive with the liftgate
open, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that addition-
al outside air comes into the
vehicle.
OCK047053
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the liftgate
is not closed prior to driving.
WARNING - Riding in
cargo area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available.To avoid
injury in the event of an acci-
dent or sudden stops, occu-
pants should always be proper-
ly restrained.
423
Features of your vehicle
Power liftgate (if equipped)
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not put heavy stuffs on the power
liftgate when you operate the power
liftgate. Additional weight on lift-
gate could cause damages to the sys-
tem.
WARNING
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
ate the power liftgate that could
result in injury to themselves or
others, or damage the vehicle.
OCK047017L
OCK047016L
OCK047018L
(1) Power liftgate open/close button
(2) Power liftgate handle switch
(3) Power liftgate close button
✽✽
NOTICE
If the engine start/stop button is ON
position, the power liftgate can
operate when the automatic trans-
mission is in P (Park).
Features of your vehicle
244
Opening the liftgate
The power liftgate will open automat-
ically by doing one of the following:
• Press the liftgate unlock button on
the smart key for approximately
one second.
OCK047057N
WARNING
Make sure that there are no peo-
ple or objects in the path of the
power liftgate (or smart liftgate)
prior to use. Serious injury, dam-
age to the vehicle or damage to
surrounding objects may result if
contact with the power liftgate
(or smart liftgate) occurs.
OCK047056N
CAUTION
Do not close or open the power
liftgate manually. This may
cause damage to the power lift-
gate. If it is necessary to close
or open the power liftgate man-
ually when the battery is dis-
charged or disconnected, do
not apply excessive force.
425
Features of your vehicle
• Press the power liftgate open but-
ton for approximately one second.
• For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the power
liftgate open/close button shortly.
• Press the liftgate handle switch
carrying the smart key with you.
Closing the liftgate
• Press the power liftgate close but-
ton for approximately one second
when the liftgate is opened.
The liftgate will close and lock
automatically.
• For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the power
liftgate open/close button shortly.
OCK047062L
OCK047016
OCK047062L
Features of your vehicle
264
• Press the power liftgate close but-
ton for approximately one second
when the liftgate is opened.
The liftgate will close and lock
automatically.
Power liftgate Non-Opening or
Closing Conditions :
• The power liftgate will not open or
close automatically, when the vehi-
cle is moving more than 2 mph (3
km/h).
• The power liftgate can be operated
when the engine is not running.
However, the power liftgate opera-
tion consumes large amounts of
vehicle electric power. To prevent
the battery from draining, do not
operate it excessively (e.g., more
than approximately 10 times
repeatedly).
• Do not modify or repair any part of
the power liftgate by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• Before jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle,
open the power liftgate. Do not
operate the power liftgate when the
vehicle is raised or this could
cause the power liftgate to operate
improperly.
• If there are obstacles such as
snow on the power liftgate, it may
not open automatically. After
removing the obstacle, try to open
it again.
OCK047018
427
Features of your vehicle
Automatic stop and Reverse
If, during power opening or closing,
the liftgate is blocked by an object or
part of someone’s body, the power
liftgate will detect the resistance and
it will stop movement or move to the
full open position to allow the object
to be cleared.
However, if an object is thin or soft,
or the liftgate is near the latched
position, the automatic stop and
reversal may not detect the resist-
ance and the closing operation will
continue. If the power liftgate is
forced by a strong impact, the auto-
matic stop and reversal may operate.
If the automatic stop and reverse fea-
ture operates more than twice during
one opening or closing operation, the
power liftgate may stop at that posi-
tion.
If this occurs, close the liftgate man-
ually and operate the liftgate auto-
matically again.
How to reset the power liftgate
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the related fuse
has been replaced or disconnected,
for the power liftgate to operate nor-
mally, reset the power liftgate as fol-
low:
1.Push the P(Parking) button.
2.While Pressing the liftgate close
button, press the liftgate handle
switch for more than 3 seconds.
(the chime will sound)
3. Close the liftgate manually.
If the power liftgate does not work
properly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OCK047019L
WARNING
To prevent serious injury and
damage take the following pre-
cautions when operating the
power liftgate :
- Keep all faces, hands, arms,
body parts and other objects
away from the path of the
power liftgate.
- Do not intentionally place any
body parts or objects in the
path of the power liftgate to
make sure the automatic stop
and reversal operates.
- Do not allow children to play
with the power liftgate.
Features of your vehicle
284
Emergency liftgate safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with the
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate. When someone is inadvertent-
ly locked in the luggage compart-
ment. The liftgate can be opened by
doing as follows:
1. Remove the cover.
2. Push the release lever to the right.
3. Push up the liftgate.
OCK047020
WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency liftgate safety
release lever in the vehicle
and how to open the liftgate if
you are accidentally locked in
the luggage compartment.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compart-
ment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to occupy
the liftgate of the vehicle at any
time. If the liftgate is partially or
totally latched and the person is
unable to get out, serious injury
or death could occur due to lack
of ventilation, exhaust fumes
and rapid heat build-up, or
because of exposure to cold
weather conditions. The liftgate
is also a highly dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash
because it is not a protected
occupant space but is a part of
the vehicle’s crush zone.
429
Features of your vehicle
• You and your passengers must be
aware of the location of the
Emergency Liftgate Safety
Release lever in this vehicle and
how to open the liftgate in case you
are accidentally locked in the lift-
gate.
• Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept
out of the reach of children.
Parents should teach their children
about the dangers of playing in lift-
gate.
• Use the release lever for emergen-
cies only.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part support-
ing the liftgate (gas lifter), as
this may cause serious injury.
OCK047054
Features of your vehicle
304
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened with
no-touch activation using the Smart
Liftgate system.
How to use the Smart Liftgate
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate does not oper-
ate when:
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and is contin-
uously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and 60 inches
(1.5 m) from the front door han-
dles. (for vehicles equipped with
Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
User Settings Mode and select
Smart Liftgate on the LCD display.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
SMART LIFTGATE (IF EQUIPPED)
OCK047021
431
Features of your vehicle
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20 ~ 40 inches (50 ~100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound for
about 3 seconds to alert you the
smart key has been detected and the
liftgate will open.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open.
If you have unintentionally entered
the detecting area and the hazard
warning lights and chime starts to
operate, leave the detecting area with
the smart key. The liftgate will stay
closed.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound 2 times and
then the liftgate will slowly open.
Make certain that you close the lift-
gate before driving your vehicle.
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate.
Make sure to deactivate the Smart
liftgate function when washing your
vehicle.
Otherwise, the liftgate may open
inadvertently.
OCK047022N
OCK047023
Features of your vehicle
324
✽✽
NOTICE
The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver-
tently open the Smart Liftgate while
playing around the rear area of the
vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate function using the smart
key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Liftgate func-
tion for emergency situations.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If you press the door unlock but-
ton (2), the Smart Liftgate func-
tion will be deactivated temporar-
ily. But, if you do not open any
door for 30 seconds, the smart lift-
gate function will be activated
again.
• If you press the liftgate open but-
ton (3) for more than 1 second, the
liftgate opens.
• If you press the door lock button
(1) or liftgate open button (3)
when the Smart Liftgate function
is not in the Detect and Alert stage,
the smart liftgate function will not
be deactivated.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate function by press-
ing the smart key button and
opened a door, the smart liftgate
function can be activated again by
closing and locking all doors.
WARNING
Make sure objects in the rear
cargo area do not come out
when opening the liftgate on the
slope way. It may cause serious
injury.
OCK047005N
433
Features of your vehicle
Detecting area
• The Smart Liftgate operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 20 ~ 40 inches (50
~ 100 cm) from the liftgate.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The Smart Liftgate function will
not work if any of the following
occurs :
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio sta-
tion or an airport which can
interfere with normal operation
of the transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two way radio system or a cellu-
lar phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the
vehicle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked
on a slope or unpaved road, etc.
OCK047024N
Features of your vehicle
344
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window lock button
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
WINDOWS
OCK047025N
■■
Front
■■
Rear
435
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
The Engine Start/Stop Button must
be in the ON position for power win-
dows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's win-
dow. The driver has a power window
lock button which can block the oper-
ation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the engine start/stop button turned to
the ACC or LOCK position.
However, if the front doors are
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 sec-
onds period.
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be close
because it is blocked by objects,
remove the objects and close the
window.
✽✽
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open) position, your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
mal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the follow-
ing actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
Window opening and closing
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
OCK047027
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories
in the vehicle that extend into
the open window area. Such
objects will impact the proper
function of the Automatic rever-
sal “jam protection” feature
described in this chapter.
WARNING - Power
Windows
Do not extend your face or arms
outside of the window opening
while the vehicle is in motion.
Doing so could result in signifi-
cant injury.
Features of your vehicle
364
Auto up/down window (Driver`s
and Front Passenger’s side)
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
or raises the window even when the
switch is released.To stop the window
at the desired position while the win-
dow is in operation, pull up or press
down and release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1.Press the Engine Start/Stop
Button twice to the ON position.
2. Close the driver's and front pas-
senger’s window and continue
pulling up the driver’s power win-
dow switch for at least 1 second
after the window is completely
closed.
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
If the upward movement of the win-
dow is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
to allow the object to be cleared.
The distance may vary based on the
size or position of the window. If the
window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
OUN026013
OCK047026
437
Features of your vehicle
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reversal fea-
ture, the automatic window reversal
will not operate.
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s and front passenger’s win-
dow is only active when the “auto up”
feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch. The automatic reverse fea-
ture will not operate if the window is
raised using the halfway position on
the power window switch.
Power window lock button
• The driver can disable the power
window switches on the passenger
doors by pressing the power win-
dow lock button located on the dri-
ver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
• When the power window lock
button is pressed :
- The driver's master control can
operate all the power windows.
- The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's
power window.
OCK047028
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle dam-
age. If an object less than 0.16
in. (4 mm) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and
will not stop and reverse direc-
tion.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn’t activate while resetting
power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
WARNING
Automatic reverse feature could
fail if accessorise like antenna,
etc are attached on windows
when opening or closing win-
dows.
Features of your vehicle
384
- The rear passenger's control can-
not operate the rear passenger's
power window.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
CAUTION - Opening /clos-
ing Window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
WARNING - Power win-
dows
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the power window lock button
(on the driver's door) in the
LOCK (pressed) position.
439
Features of your vehicle
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, press the P
(Parking) button to parking position
and setting the parking brake.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the second-
ary latch (1) left side of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
Hood open warning
The warning message will appear on
the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or
above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the hood
open.
HOOD
OCK047029
OCK047030
OCK047110L
Features of your vehicle
404
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com-
partment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3.Lower the hood until it is about 12
in. (30 cm) above the closed posi-
tion and let it drop. Make sure that
it locks into place.
4. Check that the hood has engaged
properly. If the hood can be raised
slightly, it is not properly engaged.
Open it again and close it with a lit-
tle more force.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING - Unsecured
engine hood
Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driv-
en, causing a total loss of visi-
bility, which might result in an
accident.
CAUTION - Hood obstruc-
tion
Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage.
441
Features of your vehicle
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pressing
the fuel filler lid opener button.
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid.Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
1. Stop the engine.
2.To open the fuel filler lid, push the
fuel filler lid opener button.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4.To remove the cap, turn the fuel
filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
Closing the fuel filler lid
1.To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks” once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.
✽✽
NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normal-
ly with the OBD system.
✽✽
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground,
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
position.
It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
FUEL FILLER LID
OCK047031L
OCK047032
Features of your vehicle
424
Emergency fuel filler lid release
If the fuel filler lid does not open
using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually.
Remove the panel in the cargo area.
Pull the handle out slightly.
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
✽✽
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open warning
indicator light will illuminate.
WARNING - Fire/explo-
sion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facili-
ty. Failure to follow all warnings
may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
WARNING - Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap. If
pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of
fire and burns.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.
OCK047033
443
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touch-
ing another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle, or other gas source.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or
fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,
etc.) capable of producing static
electricity.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Static electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reen-
ter the vehicle, you should once
again eliminate potentially dan-
gerous static electricity dis-
charge by touching a metal part
of the vehicle, away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle or other
gasoline source.
WARNING - Portable fuel
container
When using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure
to place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the
vehicle should be maintained
until the filling is complete. Use
only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
Features of your vehicle
444
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in chapter 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle.An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel system
or emission control system.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current
and/or electronic interference
from cellular phones can poten-
tially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
WARNING - Refueling &
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
CAUTION
- Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
445
Features of your vehicle
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
OFF position.
However, if the driver’s door is
opened, the sunroof cannot be oper-
ated even within the 30 second peri-
od.
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freez-
ing conditions.
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted
while in an open or slide position.
WIDE SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION
- Sunroof
control lever
Do not continue to press the sun-
roof control lever after the sun-
roof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
WARNING - Roof cargo
Do not operate the sun roof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo.This may cause
the cargo to come loose and
distract the driver.
OCK047034
Features of your vehicle
464
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for a few
seconds and above warning illustra-
tion will appear on the LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not allow children to operate
the sunroof. This may result in
injury to the child.
WARNING
Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or proper-
ty damage.
CAUTION
Do not extend any luggage out-
side the sunroof while driving.
OCK047124L
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is fully
closed when leaving your vehi-
cle. If the sunroof is opened, rain
or snow may leak through the
sunroof and wet the interior as
well as cause theft.
WARNING
In order to prevent accidental
operation of the sunroof, espe-
cially by a child, do not let a
child operate the sunroof.
WARNING
Do not sit on the top of the vehi-
cle. It may cause vehicle dam-
age.
447
Features of your vehicle
Sunshade
To open the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 1st detent position.
To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the 1st detent position.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.
✽✽
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
✽✽
NOTICE
Only the second glass of the sunroof
opens and closes.
Sliding the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Pull the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 2nd detent position, both
the sunshade and sunroof glass will
slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, push
the sunroof control glass lever
momentarily.
CAUTION - Automatic
sunroof shade
• Do not pull or push the sun-
shade by hand as such action
may damage the sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
• Close the sunroof when driv-
ing in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.
OCK047058L OCK047035
Features of your vehicle
484
When the sunshade is opened
Pull the sunroof control lever back
ward to the 1st or 2nd detent posi-
tion, the sunroof glass will slide all
the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, push the
sunroof control lever momentarily.
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse the direc-
tion, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all pas-
sengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in
diameter caught between the sun-
roof glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the auto-
matic reverse glass and the glass will
not stop and reverse direction.
OXM049029
WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the slid-
ing roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
WARNING - Sunroof
• Be careful that no head, hands
and body parts are obstructed
by a closing sunroof.
• Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside the sun-
roof while driving.
449
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If you drive with the sunroof opened
right after a vehicle wash or rain,
water may get inside the vehicle.
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
Push the sunroof control lever upward,
the sunshade will slide all the way
open then the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
Closing the sunroof
To close the sunroof glass with
the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the first detent position.
To close the sunroof glass only
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the second detent position.
The sunroof glass will close then the
sunshade close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the
glass or the motor could be
damaged.
OCK047036
Features of your vehicle
504
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
connected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
Whenever the vehicle battery is dis-
connected or discharged, you must
reset your sunroof system as follows:
1.Start the engine.
2.Close the sunshade and sunroof
completely if opened.
3.Release the sunroof control lever.
4.Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sun-
shade slightly moves. Then,
release the lever.
5.Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close, until
the sunroof operates as follows
again:
Sunshde open → Glass slide open
→ Glass slide close → Sunshade
close
Then, release the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system has been reset and one
touch open and close should be
restored.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
451
Features of your vehicle
Electric power steering (EPS)
The power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steer-
ing system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by a power
steering control unit which senses
the steering wheel torque and vehi-
cle speed to command the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as the
vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steer-
ing control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster.The steering
wheel may require increased
steering effort.Take your vehicle to
an authorized Kia dealer and have
the vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, noise
may occur.If temperature rises, the
noise will likely disappear.This is a
normal condition.
• When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the
way to the left or right continuous-
ly, the steering wheel becomes
harder to turn. The power assist is
limited to protect the motor from
overheating.
As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
✽✽
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not
illuminate.
• The steering gets heavy immedi-
ately after turning the ignition
switch on. This happens as the sys-
tem performs the EPS system
diagnostics. When the diagnostics
are completed, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is turned to the
ON or OFF position.
• A motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The power
steering system will not operate
and steering effort can highly
increase. Take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)
STEERING WHEEL
Features of your vehicle
524
(Continued)
• When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low volt-
age (When the alternator or bat-
tery) does not operate normally or
malfunctions), the steering wheel
may require increased steering
effort.
Tilt and telescopic steering
Tilt and telescopic steering allows
you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive.You can also raise it
to give your legs more room when
you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be posi-
tioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
Manual type
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3) then
pull up the lock-release lever to lock
(4) the steering wheel in place. Be
sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock release lever may not lock the
steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-
tion. This occurs when two gears are
not engaged correctly. In this case,
adjust the steering wheel again and
then lock the steering wheel.
▼
WARNING - Steering
wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control.
OCK047037N
453
Features of your vehicle
Electric type (if equipped)
Adjust the steering wheel angle (2)
and position (3) with the switch (1) on
the steering column. Move the steer-
ing wheel, so it points toward your
chest, not toward your face. Make
sure you can see the instrument
panel warning lights and gauges.
After adjusting, push the steering
wheel both up and down to be cer-
tain it is locked in position. Always
adjust the position of the steering
wheel before driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
To prevent discharge of the battery,
do not operate when the engine is
stopped.
Heated steering wheel
(if equipped)
With the Engine Start/Stop Button in
the ON position, pressing the heat-
ed steering wheel button warms the
steering wheel. The indicator on the
button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off.
▼
OCK047038N
OCK047039N
Features of your vehicle
544
✽✽
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn
off automatically approximately 30
minutes after the heated steering
wheel is turned on.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽✽
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
CAUTION
• Do not install any type of grip
cover for the steering wheel, it
may impair the function of the
heated steering wheel system.
• When cleaning the heated
steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may dam-
age the surface of the steering
wheel.
• If the surface of steering
wheel is damaged by sharp
object, damage to the heated
steering wheel components
could occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes
too warm, turn the system off.
The heated steering wheel may
cause burns even at low tem-
peratures, especially if used for
long periods of time.
OCK047052L
455
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat
or cargo area which would interfere
with your vision through the rear win-
dow.
Electrochromic mirror (ECM)
The electric rearview mirror automat-
ically controls the glare from the
headlights of the vehicles behind you
in nighttime or low light driving condi-
tions.The sensor mounted in the mir-
ror senses the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically controls
the headlight glare from the vehicles
behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare
is automatically controlled by the sen-
sor mounted in the rearview mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto-
matically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the drivers view
behind the vehicle.
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion whenever the Engine
Start/Stop Button is in the ON posi-
tion.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion off. The mirror indicator light
(2) will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
(2) will illuminate.
❈(2) : Indicator, (3) : Sensor
WARNING - Mirror adjust-
ment
Do not adjust the rearview mir-
ror while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and don’t install a wide mirror. It
could result in injury during an
accident or deployment of the
air bag.
CAUTION
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner.
Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may
cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.
OCK047059L
Features of your vehicle
564
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink
®
system and com-
pass (if equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav
®
Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated
HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the com-
pass indicates the direction the vehi-
cle is pointed. The HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
(1) Channel 1 button
(2) Channel 2 button
(3) Status indicator LED
(4) Channel 3 button
(5) Rear light sensor
(6) Dimming ON/OFF button
(7) Compass control button
(8) Compass display
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
The NVS
®
Mirror in your vehicle is
the most advanced way to reduce
annoying glare in the rearview mirror
during any driving situation.For more
information regarding NVS
®
mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
❈ Night Vision Safety™ is a registered
trademark of Gentex Corporation.
OJFA045335
CAUTION
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare during driving
conditions based upon light lev-
els monitored in front of the
vehicle and from the rear of the
vehicle. These light sensors are
visible through openings in the
front and rear of the mirror case.
Any object that obstructs either
light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control fea-
ture.
457
Features of your vehicle
Automatic-dimming function
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehi-
cles traveling behind you. The auto-
dimming function can be controlled
by the Dimming ON/OFF Button:
1. Pressing the button turns the
auto-dimming function OFF which
is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing the button again turns
the auto-dimming function ON
which is indicated by the green
Status Indicator LED turning on.
✽✽
NOTICE
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS
®
Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-NAV™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
❈ Z-Nav™ is a registered trademark
of Gentex Corporation.
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the button to
turn the display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the button
again to turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between mag-
netic north and true north. The com-
pass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
ing.This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
Features of your vehicle
584
To adjust the Zone setting:
1.Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for
more than 3, but less than 6 sec-
onds, the current Zone Number
will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4.Within about 5 seconds, the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.
B520C05NF
459
Features of your vehicle
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes.To re-cali-
brate the compass:
1. Press and hold the button for
more than 6 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared, a "C"
will appear in the display.
2.To calibrate the compass, drive the
vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System provides a convenient way to
replace up to three hand-held radio-
frequency (RF) transmitters with a
single built-in device. This innovative
feature will learn the radio frequency
codes of most current transmitters to
operate devices such as gate opera-
tors, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, even
home lighting. Both standard and
rolling code-equipped transmitters
can be programmed by following the
outlined procedures. Additional
HomeLink
®
information can be found
at: www.homelink.com or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
❈ HomeLink
®
is a registered trade-
mark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink
®
programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink
®
buttons be erased for
security purposes.
Features of your vehicle
604
Programming HomeLink
®
✽✽
NOTICE
• When programming a garage
door opener, it is advised to park
the vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new bat-
tery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro-
grammed to HomeLink
®
for quick-
er training and accurate transaxle of
the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the igni-
tion switch to be turned to the sec-
ond position for programming
and/or operation of HomeLink
®
.
• In the event that there are still pro-
gramming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink
®
at: www.homelink.com
or 1-800-355-3515.
Standard programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons,
HomeLink
®
Channel 1 and
Channel 3 Buttons, until the indi-
cator light begins to flash (after 20
seconds). Release both buttons.
Do not hold the buttons for longer
than 30 seconds.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink
®
buttons
while keeping the indicator light in
view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink
®
and hand-
held transmitter button. DO NOT
release the buttons until step 4
has been completed.
4.While continuing to hold the but-
tons the red Indicator Status LED
will flash slowly and then rapidly
after HomeLink
®
successfully
trains to the frequency signal from
the hand-held transmitter.Release
both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED.If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your device should activate when
the HomeLink
®
button is pressed
and released.
6.To program the remaining two
HomeLink
®
buttons, follow steps 2
through 5.
461
Features of your vehicle
Rolling code programming
Rolling code devices which are
“code-protected” and manufactured
after 1996 may be determined by the
following:
• Reference the device owner's
manual for verification.
• The handheld transmitter appears
to program the HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver but does not
activate the device.
• Press and hold the trained
HomeLink
®
button.The device has
the rolling code feature if the indi-
cator light flashes rapidly and then
turns solid after 2 seconds.
To train rolling code devices, follow
these instructions:
1.At the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the “learn” or “smart” button.
This can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
Exact location and color of the but-
ton may vary by garage door open-
er brand.
If there is difficulty locating the
training button, reference the
device owner's manual or please
visit our web site at www.home-
link.com.
2.Firmly press and release the
“learn” or “smart” button (which
activates the “training light”).
✽✽
NOTICE
There are 30 seconds in which to ini-
tiate step 3.
3.Return to the vehicle, firmly press
and hold for two seconds the
desired HomeLink
®
button then
release. Repeat the
“press/hold/release” sequence a
second time to complete the pro-
gramming. (Some devices may
require you to repeat this sequence
a third time to complete the pro-
gramming.)
4.Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe the
red Status Indicator LED. If the indi-
cator light stays on constantly, pro-
gramming is complete and your
device should activate.
5.To program the remaining two
HomeLink
®
buttons, follow either
steps 1 through 4 above for other
Rolling Code devices or steps 2
through 5 in Standard Programming
for standard devices.
Features of your vehicle
624
Gate operator & Canadian pro-
gramming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System button (note steps 2
through 4 in the Standard
Programming portion of this docu-
ment) while you press and re-press
(“cycle”) your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequen-
cy signal has been learned.The indi-
cator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
Operating HomeLink
®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink
®
button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door
opener, gate operator, security sys-
tem, entry door lock, home/office
lighting, etc.). For convenience, the
hand-held transmitter of the device
may also be used at any time.
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink
®
button
To program a new device to a previ-
ously trained HomeLink
®
button, fol-
low these steps:
1.Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button. Do NOT
release until step 4 has been com-
pleted.
2.When the indicator light begins to
flash slowly (after 20 seconds),
position the handheld transmitter 1
to 3 inches away from the
HomeLink
®
surface.
3.Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button.The HomeLink
®
indicator light will flash, first slowly
and then rapidly.
4.When the indicator light begins to
flash rapidly, release both buttons.
5. Press and hold the just-trained
HomeLink
®
button and observe
the red Status Indicator LED.If the
indicator light stays on constantly,
programming is complete and
your new device should activate.
463
Features of your vehicle
Erasing HomeLink
®
buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three pro-
grammed buttons:
1.Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink
®
buttons until the indi-
cator light begins to flash-after 20
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be pro-
grammed at any time following the
appropriate steps in the
Programming sections above.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
Pursuant to Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 47, Part 15
(“FCC Rules”)
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifica-
tions not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
NVS
®
and Z-NAV™ are registered
trademarks. Nav
®
are of Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink
®
is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls
Technology Company, Holland,
Michigan.
Features of your vehicle
644
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors.The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch.The mirror heads can be fold-
ed back to prevent damage during an
automatic vehicle wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force.Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
Adjusting outside rearview mirror
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the posi-
tion of the left and right outside
rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi-
tion of either mirror, press the R or L
button (1) to select the right side mir-
ror or the left side mirror, then press a
corresponding point ( ) on the mir-
ror adjustment control to position the
selected mirror up, down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the R or L
button again to prevent the inadver-
tent adjustment.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehi-
cle is moving. This could result
in loss of control.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
face of the glass. If ice should
restrict the movement of the mir-
ror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment.To remove ice, use a
deicer spray, a sponge or soft
cloth with very warm water.
OCK047043
465
Features of your vehicle
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
While the vehicle is moving in
reverse, the outside rearview mir-
ror(s) will move downward to aid
reverse parking. According to the
position of the outside rearview mir-
ror switch (1), the outside rearview
mirror(s) will operate as follows:
L/R : When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch (1) is
selected to the L (left) or R (right)
position, both outside rearview
mirrors will move downward.
Neutral : When the remote control
outside rearview mirror
switch is placed in the mid-
dle, the outside rearview
mirrors will not operate
while the vehicle is moving
rearward.
The outside rearview mirrors will auto-
matically revert to their original posi-
tions under the following conditions:
1.The Engine Start/Stop button is in
the OFF position.
2. Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle.
CAUTION - Outside mirror
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the
motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts.
OCK047045N
Features of your vehicle
664
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
Left (1) :The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) :The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automat-
ically as follows:
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
• The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
• The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession.
OCK047044L
CAUTION - Electric type
outside rearview mirror
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
engine start/stop button is in the
OFF position.However,to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge,
do not adjust the mirrors longer
than necessary while the engine
is not running.
In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand.It could cause motor fail-
ure.
467
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1.Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
6.Warning and indicator lights
OCK047100N/OCK047101N
■■
Type A
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in
this chapter.
■■
Type B
Features of your vehicle
684
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting Instrument Cluster
Illumination
The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is changed by
pressing the illumination control button
(“+” or “-”) when the Engine Start/Stop
button is ON, or the taillights are
turned on.
• If you hold the illumination control
button (“+” or “-”), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
• If the brightness reaches to the
maximum or minimum level, an
alarm will sound.
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
OCK047047L
OCK047138L
OCK047048L
OCK047049L
■ Type A
■ Type B
469
Features of your vehicle
(1) : MODE button for changing
modes
(2) / /OK : SELECT scroll switch
for setting the
selected item and
RESET scroll switch
for resetting items
❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD
Window” in this chapter.
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
OCK047103
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine with-
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
OCK047102N
OCK047469N
■ Type B
■ Type A
Features of your vehicle
704
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” in chapter 6.
Fuel Gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
OCK047105
WARNING - Hot radiator
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pres-
sure and could cause severe
burns. Wait until the engine is
cool before adding coolant to
the reservoir.
OCK047106
471
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehi-
cle occupants to danger. You must
top and obtain additional fuel as
soon as possible after the warning
light comes on or when the gauge
indicator comes close to the “E
(Empty)” level.
✽✽
NOTICE
Fuel display may not be accurate if
you are filling in sloping places.
Odometer
The odometer Indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
- Odometer range :0 ~ 999999 miles
or 0 ~ 1599999 kilometers.
Outside Temperature Gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperatures by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.
OCK047118N
OCK047119N
■ Type B
■ Type A
OCK047111N
OCK047112N
■ Type B
■ Type A
Features of your vehicle
724
The outside temperature on the dis-
play may not change immediately
like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being distracted.
To change the temperature unit (from
°C to °F or from °F to °C)
The temperature unit can be
changed by using the “User Settings”
mode of the LCD Window.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Window” in this chapter.
Transaxle Shift Indicator
Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator
This indicator displays which auto-
matic transaxle shift lever is selected.
•Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
•Drive :D
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
OCK047128
OYG046121
■ Type B
■ Type A
473
Features of your vehicle
Over view
LCD windows show the following var-
ious information to drivers.
- Trip information
- LCD modes
- Warning messages
Trip information (Trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
✽✽
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Fuel Economy) resets if the
battery is disconnected.
LCD WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED)
OCK067036N
OCK067037N
■ Type A
■ Type B
Features of your vehicle
744
Trip Modes Fuel Economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
MPG or L/100km
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button
(reset) on the steering wheel for
more than 1 second when the aver-
age fuel economy is displayed.
OCK047141N
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital speedometer
Drive Info
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
TRIP
Drive Mode
475
Features of your vehicle
Automatic reset
To make the average fuel economy
be reset automatically whenever
refueling, select the “Fuel economy
auto reset” mode in User Setting
menu of the LCD window (Refer to
“LCD window”).
• OFF - You may set to default man-
ually by using the trip switch reset
button.
• When driving - The vehicle will
automatically set to default once 4
hours pass after the Engine
Start/Stop Button is in the ACC or
OFF position.
• When refueling - After refueling
more than 2 gallons (6 liters) and
driving over 1 mph (1 km/h), the
vehicle will reset to default auto-
matically.
✽✽
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis-
played for more accurate calculation
if the vehicle does not drive more
than 10 seconds or 0.03 miles (50
meters) since Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is turned to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
more than 4.9 mph (8 km/h).
- Fuel economy range : 0 ~ 50
(MPG), 0 ~ 30 (km/L, L/100 km).
CAUTION - Low Fuel
Level
Level warning light on or with
the fuel level below “E” can
cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter
(if equipped).
Features of your vehicle
764
Accumulated driving information
mode
Displays accumulated information
starting from mileage/fuel
efficiency/time default point.
• Accumulated information is calcu-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 mi (300 meters).
• If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Cumulative
Information is displayed, the infor-
mation will be reset.
• If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the
information will be accumulated.
One time driving information mode
The vehicle will display Driving
Information once per one ignition cycle.
- Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
vehicle has run for more than 0.19 mi
(300 meters).
- The Driving Information will be reset
4 hours after ignition has been turned
off. So, when the vehicle ignition is
turned on within 4 hours, the informa-
tion will not be reset.
- If you press “OK” button for more
than 1 second after the Driving
Information is displayed, the informa-
tion will be reset.
- If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor-
mation will be accumulated.
OCK047297N
OCK047298N
477
Features of your vehicle
Digital speedometer
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle.
Smart Shift (if equipped)
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
LCD Modes
(1) SPORT mode (if equipped)
This mode displays Gauge, Lap
Timer, G-Force.
(2) Trip Computer mode
This mode displays driving informa-
tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy,
and so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
OYG048156N
OCK047145L
OCK047466N
Features of your vehicle
784
(3) Turn by Turn mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
(4) LKA/SCC mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) and
Lane keeping Assist (LKA).
❈ For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” and “Lane
keeping Assist (LKA)”in chapter 5.
(5) User Settings mode
On this mode, you can change set-
tings of the doors, lamps and so on.
(6) Master warning mode
This mode informs of warning mes-
sages related to Low tire pressure or
malfunction of Blind-spot Collision
Warning and so on.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes,
refer to “LCD window Control” in
this chapter.
SPORT mode(if equipped)
This mode displays Gauge, Lap
Timer, G-Force.
OCK047129N
OCK047130L
OCK047131L
479
Features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
This mode displays driving information
like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and
so on.
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
SCC with S&G/LKA mode
(if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go
and Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).
OCK047465N
OCK047115N
OCK047146L
■ SCC with S&G
■ LKA
OYG046123N
Features of your vehicle
804
❈ For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go”
and “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
in chapter 5.
Service mode
When Service Required is set, the
remaining distance/period to drive
appears on the LCD screen.
From the point at which the remain-
ing distance to drive amounts to 900
mi. (1,500 km) or the remaining peri-
od amounts to 3 days, Service
Required message automatically
displays and remained on LCD
screen for a number of seconds
every time the engine start/stop but-
ton is ON.
With Service Required in place,
Service Required Alarm message
pops up when an aggregated
amount of miles/time driven reaches
a certain point.
With Service Required mode, press
OK button for more than 1 second.
The values will return to initial setting
values.
❈See User Settings
Mode in this chapter for further
information about Service Required
Setting.
❈Service Required Setting
Battery Cable Disconnection, Fuse
Switch OFF, or Service Required
Setting values (an amount of
miles/time driven) can be randomly
changed. In such cases, re-enter
Service Required Setting values.
OCK047117N
481
Features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
(if equipped)
• This warning light informs the driv-
er the following situations
- LED head lamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blind (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blind (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur. At this time,
the LCD Modes Icon will change
from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned off
and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon ( ).
Distance to empty
• The distance to empty is the esti-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 mi. (1
~ 9,999 km)
OCK047143N
OCK047156N
■ Type B
■ Type A
Features of your vehicle
824
• If the estimated distance is below 1
mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display “---” as distance to empty.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the distance to empty
function may not operate correct-
ly.
• The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as
it is an estimate of the available
driving distance.
• The trip computer may not regis-
ter additional fuel if less than 1.6
gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added
to the vehicle.
• The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driv-
ing habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
User Settings Mode
Description
On this mode, you can change set-
ting of the doors, lamps, and so on.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
pressing the parking “P” button.
OCK047140L
WARNING
Do not adjust the User Setting
while driving.You may lose your
steering control and cause
severe personal injury or acci-
dents.
OCK047142L
483
Features of your vehicle
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if equipped)
• Enable Head-Up Display : If this
item is checked, Head-Up Display
will be activated.
• Display Height : Adjust the height
of the HUD image on the wind-
shield glass.
• Rotation : Adjust the degree of the
HUD rotation.
• Brightness : Adjust the intensity of
the HUD brightness.
• Contents Selection
- Turn by Turn : If this item is
checked, Turn by Turn will be acti-
vated.
- Lane Keeping Assist : If this item
is checked, LKA will be activated.
• Speed size :
Small/ Medium/Large
• Speed color :
White/Orange/Green
Driving Assist (if equipped)
• Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go Response (if equipped) :
- Choose the sensitivity (slow, nor-
mal, fast) of the smart cruise con-
trol.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go” in
chapter 5.
• Driver Attention Warning : Cloose
the alert stage (Off/Normal/Early
stage) of the Driver Attention
Warning.
• Lane Keeping Assist (LKA, if
equipped) :
- Lane Departure Warning :To acti-
vate the lane departure warning
function.
- Standard LKA : To activate the
standard LKA mode.
- Active LKA :To activate the active
LKA mode.
❈For more details, refer to “LKA
(Lane Keeping Assist)” in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision-avoidance Assist
(FCA, if equipped) :
- To activate or deactivate the FCA
system.
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Forward Collision Warning
(FCW, if equipped)
- Choose the sensitivity of the for-
ward collision warning.
(Late/Normal/Early)
❈For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist(FCA)”
in chapter 5.
• Blind Spot Collision Warning (if
equipped)
- If this item is checked, the blind
spot collision warning function
will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot
Collision Warning” in chapter 5.
Features of your vehicle
844
• Blind Spot Collision Warning
Sound (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the blind
spot collision warning sound
function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Blind-spot
Collision Warning” in chapter 5.
Door/Liftgate
• Automatically Lock :
- Disable :The auto door lock oper-
ation will be deactivated.
- Enable on Speed : All doors will
be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph
(15km/h).
- Enable on Shift : All doors will be
automatically locked if the auto-
matic transaxle shift lever is shift-
ed from the P (Park) position to
the R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or D
(Drive) position.
• Automatically Unlock :
- Disable : The auto door unlock
operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off :All doors will be auto-
matically unlocked when the
Engine Star/Stop Button is set to
the OFF position.
- On Shift to P : All doors will be
automatically unlocked if the
automatic transaxle shift lever is
in the parking position by press-
ing “P”button.
• Two Press Unlock (if equipped)
If this item checked, the two press
unlock function will be activated.
(Only the driver’s door will unlock
when unlock button is pressed
once and all doors will unlock when
the same button is pressed again
within 4 seconds.)
• Power Liftgate (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the power
liftgate function will be activated.
❈For more details, refer to “Power
Liftgate” in this chapter.
• Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
- If this item is checked, the smart
liftgate function will be activated.
- If the power liftgate function is not
activated, you cannot activate
this function.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Liftgate” in this chapter.
485
Features of your vehicle
Light
• One Touch Turn Signal :
- Off: The one touch turn signal
function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes :The lane change
signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
❈For more details, refer to “Light” in
this chapter.
• Ambient light brightness : Adjust
the brightness of the Ambient light.
- Off/Level 1,2,3,4
• Ambient Light Color : Select the
color of the ambient light.
- white, orange, red, bluegreen,
blue, violet
• Head Light Delay :
- If this item checked, the head
light delay function will be activat-
ed.
Sound
• Park Assist System Vol. (if
equipped) :
- Adjust the Park Assist System
volume. (Level 1 ~ 3)
❈For more details, refer to “Parking
Assist System” in this chapter.
• Welcome Sound (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
sound function will be activated.
Convenience
• Seat Easy Access (if equipped)
- Off : The seat easy access func-
tion will be deactivated.
- Normal/Extended : When you
turn off the engine, the driver’s
seat will automatically move rear
for you to enter or exit the vehicle
more comfortably.
If you change the Engine
Start/Stop Button from OFF posi-
tion to the ACC function, the dri-
ver’s seat will return to the original
position.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver
Position Memory System” in chap-
ter 3.
Features of your vehicle
864
• Steering Easy Access (if
equipped)
- On (checked) : The steering
wheel will automatically move to
the top of Steering column when
leaving the vehicle and move to
the last saved position when
entering the vehicle for the driver
enter or exit the vehicle comfort-
ably.
- Off (unchecked) : The steering
easy access function will be
deactivated.
❈For more details, refer to “Driver
Position Memory System” in chap-
ter 3.
• Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) :
- If this item checked, the welcome
Mirror/light function will be acti-
vated.
• Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) :
If this item checked, the
Wiper/Light Display will be activat-
ed.
• Gear Position Pop-up (if equipped)
:If this item checked, the gear posi-
tion pop-up display will be activat-
ed.
• Icy road warning (if equipped) : If
this item checked, the Icy road
warning display will be activated.
Service interval
• Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the serv-
ice interval function.
• Adjust Interval
To adjust the interval by mileage-
and period.
• Reset
To reset the service interval func-
tion.
Other features
• Fuel Economy Auto Reset
- Off : The average fuel economy
will not reset automatically when-
ever refueling.
- After Ignition : The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours
after turning OFF the engine.
- After Refueling :The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
❈For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
• Fuel Economy Unit
- Choose the fuel economy unit.
(US gallon, UK gallon)
• Temperature Unit
- Choose the temperature unit.
(°C,°F)
487
Features of your vehicle
• Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped)
- Choose the tire pressure unit.
(psi, kPa, bar)
• Torque Unit(if equipped)
- Choose the torque unit. (N·m,
lb·ft)
Language
Choose the language
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User
Settings Mode.All menus in the User
Settings Mode are initialized, except
language and service interval.
Warning Messages (if equipped)
Shift to P
• This warning message illuminates if
you try to turn off the engine without
the transmission in P (Park) posi-
tion.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
Low Key Battery
• This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is
discharged when the Engine
Start/Stop Button changes to the
OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine
• This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop Button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
• It means that you should depress
the brake pedal to start the engine.
Key not in vehicle
• This warning message will illumi-
nates when a door is opened or
closed with the ignition in ACC
position and the smart key is not in
the vehicle.
Particularly when a door is closed
and the smart key is not in the
vehicle, alarm sound will beep.
If so, turn off the ignition or carry
the smart key in your pocket.
• It means that you should always
have the smart key with you.
Features of your vehicle
884
Key not detected
• This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not detected
when you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button.
Press start button again
• This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine
Start/Stop Button when there is a
problem with the Engine Start/Stop
Button system.
• It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
• If the warning illuminates each time
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Press start button with key
• This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button while the warning message
“Key not detected” is illuminating.
• At this time, the immobilizer indica-
tor light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
• This warning message illuminates
if the brake switch fuse is discon-
nected.
• It means that you should replace
the fuse with a new one. If that is
not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Shift to P or N to start engine
• This warning message illuminates
if you try to start the engine with
the transmission not in the P (Park)
or N (Neutral) position.
✽✽
NOTICE
You can start the engine with the
transmission in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion. But, for your safety, we recom-
mend that you start the engine with
the transmission in the P (Park) posi-
tion.
489
Features of your vehicle
Door, Hood, Liftgate Open
• It means that any door, hood, or
liftgate is open.
• The hood warning message will
appear on the LCD display when
hood is open.
The warning chime will operate
when the vehicle is being driven at
or above 2 mph (3 km/h) with the
hood open.
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
• This warning message illuminates
if you turn off the engine and then
open the driver's door when the
sunroof is open.
Icy Road Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning pop-up message and
light are to warn the driver the road
may be icy.
When the Outside Temperature is
below approximately 39°F (4°C),
- The warning light (including
Outside Temperature and unit)
blinks 5 times and then illuminates.
- The warning pop-up message dis-
plays, and the warning chime
sounds once at the same time only
once for each ignition cycle.
OCK047124LOCK047123L
OCK047152N
Features of your vehicle
904
If this item is checked in “User set-
tings”, this function will be activated.
- The temperature on the Outside
Temperature Gauge is below
approximately 39°F (4°C).
✽✽
NOTICE
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive
more attentively and safely refrain-
ing from over-speeding, rapid accel-
eration, sudden braking or sharp
turning, etc.
Check headlight LED
This warning message illuminates if
LED headlamp is malfunction.
Check headlight cooling fan
This warning message illuminates if
LED headlamp cooling fan is mal-
function.
Check shift lever
If there is a problem with the main
function of the shift lever, this warn-
ing is displayed on the display.
Low Washer Fluid
• This warning message illuminates
on the service reminder mode if
the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
• It means that you should refill the
washer fluid.
Turn on FUSE SWITCH
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuse switch under the steer-
ing wheel is OFF.
• It means that you should turn the
fuse switch on.
❈For more details, refer to “Fuses”in
chapter 7.
491
Features of your vehicle
Check headlights (if equipped)
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb or circuit malfunction) with the
head lights (high and low beam). In
this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
• If the different wattage bulb is
equipped with the vehicle, this
warning message is not displayed.
Low Fuel
• This warning message illuminates
if the fuel tank is nearly empty.
- When the low fuel level warning
light is illuminates.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Check Smart Phone Wireless
Charger (if equipped)
If a smart phone is still left on the
wireless charging pad unattended,
even when the the Engine Start/Stop
Button is in the ACC or OFF position
and the instrument panel's one time
driving information mode has fin-
ished, a warning message will lit up
on the instrument panel.
❈For more details, refer to “Smart
Phone Wireless Charger” in this
chapter.
Features of your vehicle
924
Warning lights
✽✽
NOTICE - Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights
are OFF after starting the engine. If
any light is still ON, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
Air bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
❈For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
493
Features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir
is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to “Brake Fluid”
in chapter 7).Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks. If any
leak on the brake system is still
found, the warning light remains
on, or the brakes do not operate
properly, do not drive the vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
towed to an authorized Kia dealer
and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure are
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Features of your vehicle
944
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ABS (The normal braking sys-
tem will still be operational without
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic
Brake force
Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at
the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Electronic
Brake force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
495
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Brake
force Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on,
the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
Warning Light may illuminate and
the steering effort may increase or
decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Electronic Power
Steering (EPS) Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
964
Charging System
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with either the
alternator or electrical charging system:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the elec-
trical charging system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
• When the engine oil pressure is
low.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
tial catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION - Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control systems which could
effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
497
Features of your vehicle
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7).If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Low Fuel Level Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Engine
Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise
engine may be damaged.
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illumi-
nated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
CAUTION - Low Fuel
Level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below “E” can cause the
engine to misfire and damage
the catalytic converter (if
equipped).
Features of your vehicle
984
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated (The
location of the underinflated tires
are displayed on the LCD display).
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
This warning light remains on after
blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeats blinking and off at the
intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
❈For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)” in chapter 6.
LED Headlamp Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED headlamp
(low beam) life.
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
• Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable
and can contribute to loss of
vehicle control and increased
braking distances.
• Continued driving or low pres-
sure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
499
Features of your vehicle
Forward Collision-avoid-
ance Assist Warning
light (FCA, if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Master Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction on the
pre-safe seat belt, electronic con-
trol suspension, or Smart Cruise
Control with Stop & Go or other
systems etc. To identify the details
of the warning, look at the LCD dis-
play.
Features of your vehicle
1004
Dynamic Bending Light
(DBL) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the Dynamic Bending Light (DBL).
If there is a malfunction with the
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL):
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE - Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning Light
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-
nates when the Electronic Stability
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
on to indicates that the ESC is not
working properly (This does not
indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Indicator Lights
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
❈For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
EPB
4101
Features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
❈For more details, refer to
“Electronic Stability Control (ESC)”
in chapter 5.
Auto stop indicator
This indicator will illuminate when the
engine enters the Idle Stop mode of
the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
When the automatic starting occurs,
the auto stop indicator on the cluster
will blink for 5 seconds.
❈For more details, refer to the ISG
(Idle Stop and Go) system in chap-
ter 5.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning
lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or
Parking brake warning light) may
turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of the low bat-
tery voltage. It does not mean the
system is malfunctioning.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (With Smart Key)
This indicator light illuminates for up
to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle properly
while the Engine Start/Stop Button
is ACC or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
Features of your vehicle
1024
This indicator light illuminates for 2
seconds and goes off:
• When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery of the smart key
is weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
“Starting the Engine”in chapter 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you switch on the turn signal
light on.
If any of the following occurs, there
may a malfunction with the turn signal
system. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia deal-
er.
- The indicator light does not blink
but illuminates.
- The indicator light blinks more
rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illumi-
nate at all.
Low Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on.
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
4103
Features of your vehicle
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
High beam assist
indicator (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the high beam
assist system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
❈For more details, refer to “High
beam assist” in chapter 4.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the auto hold sys-
tem activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the auto hold system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
❈For more details, refer to “Auto
Hold” in chapter 5.
AUTO
HOLD
Features of your vehicle
1044
LKA(Lane Keeping
Assist) indicator
(if equipped)
The LKA indicator will illuminate
when you turn the lane keeping
assistant system on by pressing the
LKA button.
If there is a problem with the system,
the yellow LKA indicator will illumi-
nate.
❈For more details, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist” in chapter 5.
4105
Features of your vehicle
Description
The head up display is a transparent
display which projects a shadow of
some information of the instrument
cluster and navigation on the wind-
shield glass.
• The head up display image on the
windshield glass may be invisible
when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned
on inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing an inadequate glasses
to your eyesight.
• If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height, rota-
tion or illumination of the head up
display in the LCD window.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
window” in this chapter.
• When the head up display needs
inspection or repair, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not place any accessories on
the clash pad or attach any objects
on the windshield glass.
✽✽
NOTICE
Installing window tint or any other
type of metallic coating on the wind-
shield can prevent the driver from
seeing the Head Up Display images.
✽✽
NOTICE
When replacing the front wind-
shield glass of the vehicles equipped
with the head up display, replace it
with a windshield glass designed for
the head up display operation.
Otherwise, duplicated images may
be displayed on the windshield glass.
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
OCK047467N
WARNING - Head up
display
The Head up display is a supple-
mental system. Do not solely
rely on the system, always drive
safely, and pay attention to the
driving conditions on the road.
Features of your vehicle
1064
Head Up Display ON/OFF
The HUD display will be activated or
deactivated in user setting mode
while engine is ON.
Head Up Display Information
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) infor-
mation
6.Blind-spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system information
7.Warning lights (Low fuel)
8. AV mode information
Head Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as fol-
lows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content select
5. Speedometer size
6. Speedometer color
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
window” in this chapter.
OCK047151L OYG046158N
4107
Features of your vehicle
The parking assist system assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 in.
(100 cm) in front and 47 in. (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem and it is not intended to nor does
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver.
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors (➀) are
limited. Whenever moving pay as
much attention to what is in front and
behind of you as you would in a vehi-
cle without a parking assist system.
Operation of the parking
assist system
Operating condition
• This system activates when the
parking assist system button is
pressed with the ignition switch ON.
• The indicator of the parking assist
system button turns on automatical-
ly and activates the parking assist
system when you shift the gear to
the R (Reverse) position. It will turn
off automatically when you drive
above 12.4 mph (20 km/h).
PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
The parking assist system is a
supplementary function only.
The operation of the parking
assist system can be affected
by several factors (including
environmental conditions).
It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the front
and rear views before and while
parking.
OCK047400L
OCK047401L
■ Rear
■ Front
OCK047402N
Features of your vehicle
1084
• The sensing distance while backing
up is approximately 47 in. (120 cm)
when you are driving less than 6.2
mph (10 km/h).
• The sensing distance while moving
forward is approximately 39 in.
(100 cm) when you are driving less
than 6.2 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• The side sensors are activated
when you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position.
• If the vehicle speed is above 12.4
mph (20 km/h), the system auto-
matically turns off. To activate
again, push the button.
✽✽
NOTICE
It may not operate if it’s distance
from the object is already less than
approximately 10 in. (25 cm) when
the system is ON.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
39 ~ 24 inch Front -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
47 ~ 24 inch Rear -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
23 ~12 inch
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
frequently
11 inch
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear -
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Type of warning indicator and sound
: with Warning sound
✽✽
NOTICE
• The actual warning sound and indicator may differ from the illustration
according to objects or sensor status.
• Do not wash the vehicle's sensor with high pressure water.
4109
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of
the sensors; It can not detect
objects in other areas where sen-
sors are not installed. Also, small
or slim objects, such as poles or
objects located between sensors
may not be detected by the sen-
sors. Always visually check behind
the vehicle when backing up.
• Be sure to inform any drivers of
the vehicle that may be unfamiliar
with the system regarding the sys-
tems capabilities and limitations.
Non-operational conditions of
parking assist system
Parking assist system may not
operate normally when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor.(It
will operate normally when mois-
ture melts.)
2. Sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the materi-
al is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat-
ter such as snow or water.
(Sensing range will return to nor-
mal when removed.)
4.The parking assist button is off.
There is a possibility of parking
assist system malfunction when:
1. Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
2.Objects generating excessive
noise such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engines, or truck air
brakes can interfere with the sen-
sor.
3. Heavy rain or water spray.
4.Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones present near the sensor.
5. Sensor is covered with snow.
Features of your vehicle
1104
Detecting range may decrease
when:
1.Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
2. Undetectable objects smaller than
4 in. (1 m) and narrower than 5.5
in. (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
✽✽
NOTICE
1. The warning may not sound
sequentially depending on the speed
and shapes of the objects detected.
2. The parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
3. Sensor may not recognize objects
less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the
sensor, or it may sense an incor-
rect distance. Use with caution.
4. When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow or water, the sensor may
be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
✽✽
NOTICE
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors, it can not detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
or objects located between sensors
may not be detected.
Always visually check in front and
behind the vehicle when driving.
Be sure to inform any drivers in the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
4111
Features of your vehicle
Pay close attention when the vehicle
is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual
inspection to make sure the vehicle
is clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction.
Self-diagnosis
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or more
of the below occurs you may have a
malfunction in the rear parking assist
system.
• You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently.
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants related to a parking assist sys-
tem. Always drive safely and cau-
tiously.
• is displayed. (if equipped)
(blinks)
Features of your vehicle
1124
The rearview camera will activate
with the ignition switch ON, engine
ON and the shift lever in the R
(Reverse) position.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that shows behind the vehicle
through the audio screen while back-
ing up unless equipped with a navi-
gation system, then will display on
the navigation screen.
Also, it displays rear view image
when there is driver’s request even in
N/D gear. It provides image opti-
mized for driving mode unlike park-
ing mode image. All three conditions
must be met to operate driving assist
mode.
- IGN Status : ON
- Engine Status : ON
- Gearshift Status : D or N
- Rear view camera switch : ON
• This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
inside/outside rearview mirrors and
the area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't be
seen by the camera.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with for-
eign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
REARVIEW CAMERA
OCK047403L
OCK047406L
WARNING - Backing &
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear view
camera when backing.You must
always use methods of viewing
the area behind you including
looking over both shoulders as
well as continuously checking all
three rear view mirrors. Due to
the difficulty of ensuring that the
area behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
4113
Features of your vehicle
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) is not a substitute for
proper and safe parking procedures.
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) may not detect every
object surrounding the vehicle.
Always drive safely and use caution
when parking.
The Surround View Monitoring
System (SVM) can assist in parking
by allowing the driver to see around
the vehicle. Push the button into the
[ON] position to operate the system.
To cancel the system, push the but-
ton again.
Operating conditions
- When the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON position
- When the transaxle is on D, N or R
• When the vehicle moves back-
wards, regardless of On/Off of but-
ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is
operated.
• When the liftgate and driver/pas-
senger door are opened and the
outside mirror is folded, the warn-
ing is illuminated in SVM system.
• If the SVM system is not operating
normally, the system should be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
OCK047405
OCK047406
WARNING
This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsi-
bility of the driver to always
check the area around the vehi-
cle before and while moving.
Features of your vehicle
1144
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being dis-
charged if the lights are left in the
ON position.The system automati-
cally shuts off the parking lights 30
seconds after the ignition key is
removed and the driver’s door is
opened and closed.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of the road at night
and opens the driver’s side door.
If necessary, to keep the parking
lights on when the ignition key is
removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Daytime running light
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedi-
cated lamp OFF when :
1.The headlight switch is on
- It includes that the headlight is on
in the dark when the headlight
switch is in the auto light position.
2.The engine is off
3.Engaging the Parking Brake
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Auto light position
(3) Parking & Tail light
(4) Headlight position
LIGHTING
OCK047409N
4115
Features of your vehicle
Parking & Tail light ( )
When the light switch is in the park-
ing light position, the tail, license and
instrument panel lights will turn ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the head-
light position, the head, tail, license
lights will turn ON.
✽✽
NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Auto light/DBL position
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillights and head-
lights will turn ON or OFF automati-
cally depending on the amount of
light outside the vehicle.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
dynamic bending light (DBL), it will
also operate when the headlamp is
ON.
OCK047411N OCK047412NOCK047410N
Features of your vehicle
1164
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original posi-
tion. The high beam indicator will
light when the headlight high beams
are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OCK047414N
CAUTION
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel, this will
ensure better auto-light sys-
tem control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield,
the Auto light system may not
work properly.
4117
Features of your vehicle
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the nor-
mal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use this flashing
feature.
High Beam Assist (if equipped)
The High Beam Assist is a system
that automatically adjusts the head-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) according to
the brightness of other vehicles and
road conditions.
Operating condition
1.Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist ( ) indica-
tor will illuminate.
3.The High Beam Assist will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 25
mph (40 km/h).
• If the lever is pushed away when
the High Beam Assist is operat-
ing, the High Beam Assist will
turn off and the high beam will be
on continuously. The High Beam
Assist ( ) indicator will turn off.
• If the lever is pulled towards you
when the High Beam Assist is
operating, the High Beam Assist
will turn off.
4.If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp position, the High Beam
Assist will turn off and the low
beam will be on continuously.
OCK047413N
OCK047416N
Features of your vehicle
1184
The high beam switches to low beam
in the below conditions.
- When the High Beam Assist is off.
- When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
- When the headlamp is detected
from the on-coming vehicle.
- When the tail lamp is detected
from the front vehicle.
- When the surrounding is bright
enough high beams are not need-
ed.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (24 km/h).
- When headlamp / taillamp of bicy-
cle/motorcycle is detected
The system may not operate normal-
ly in the below conditions.
• When the light from the on-coming
or front vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, hidden
from sight, etc.
• When the lamp of the on-coming or
front vehicle is covered with dust,
snow or water.
• When the light from the on-coming
or front vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke,
fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is covered
with foreign matters such as ice,
dust, fog, or is damaged.
• When there is a similar shape lamp
with the front vehicle’s lamps.
• When it is hard to see because of
fog, heavy rain or snow.
• When the headlamp is not repaired
or replaced at an authorized deal-
er.
• When headlamp aiming is not
properly adjusted.
• When driving on a narrow curved
road or rough road.
• When driving downhill or uphill.
• When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad or
curved road.
• When there is a traffic light, reflect-
ing sign, flashing sign or mirror.
• When the road conditions are bad
such as being wet or covered with
snow.
• When the front vehicle’s head-
lamps are off but the fog lamps on.
• When a vehicle suddenly appears
from a curve.
• When the vehicle is tilted from a
flat tire or being towed.
• When the LKA (Lane Keeping
Assist) system warning light illumi-
nates. (if equipped)
4119
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not place any accessories,
stickers or tint the windshield.
• Have the windshield glass replaced
from an authorized dealer.
• Do not remove or damage related
parts of the High Beam Assist sys-
tem.
• Be careful that water doesn’t get
into the High Beam Assist unit.
• Do not place objects on the dash-
board that reflect light such as
mirrors, white paper, etc. The sys-
tem may malfunction if sunlight is
reflected.
• At times, the High Beam Assist
system may not work properly,
always check the road conditions
for your safety. When the system
does not operate normally, manu-
ally change between the high
beam and low beam.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A).The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
✽✽
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit.
OCK047415N
Features of your vehicle
1204
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane
change function, move the turn sig-
nal lever slightly and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can choose one-touch lane
change blinking function in “One
touch turn lamp” of “User setting”.
Refer to “User setting” in chapter 4
✽✽
NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
tion in the circuit. The bulb may
require replacement.
Check headlight
This warning message illuminates if
there is a malfunction (burned-out
bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
function) with the headlamp. In this
case, have your vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
“BULB WATTAGE” in chapter 8.
• If the different wattage bulb is
equipped with the vehicle, this
warning message is not displayed.
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
Automatic type
To ensure the proper headlight beam
is used under various conditions, the
headlight beam levels are automati-
cally adjusted depending on the
number of passengers, the weight in
the liftgate, and other driving condi-
tions.
✽✽
NOTICE
If it does not work properly even
though your car is inclined backward
according to passenger's posture, or
the headlight beam is irradiated to
the high or low position, have the sys-
tem be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to inspect or replace
the wiring yourself.
OJFA055274
4121
Features of your vehicle
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL)
(if equipped)
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) uses
the steering angle and vehicle speed,
to keep your field of vision wide by
swiveling and leveling the headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
tion when the engine is running. The
dynamic Bending Light (DBL) will
operate when the headlamp is ON.
To turn off the DBL, change the
switch to other positions. After turn-
ing the DBL off, headlamp swiveling
no longer occurs, but leveling oper-
ates continuously.
If the DBL malfunction indicator
comes on, the DBL is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible.
OCK047412N
Features of your vehicle
1224
A :Wiper speed control (front)
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C :Wash with brief wipes (front)*
* if equipped
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT :Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
✽✽
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
the windshield for about 10 minutes,
or until the snow and/or ice is
removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
OCK047417L
4123
Features of your vehicle
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the
upper end of the windshield glass
senses the amount of rainfall and
controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval.The more it rains, the
faster the wiper operates. When the
rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is ON,
the wiper will operate once to per-
form a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to OFF (O) position when
the wiper is not in use.
OCK047458N
CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON
and the windshield wiper switch
is placed in the AUTO mode, use
caution in the following situa-
tions to avoid any injury to the
hands or other parts of the body:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
CAUTION
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF
(O) position to stop the auto
wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be
damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
• When starting the vehicle in
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF (O) position.
Otherwise, wipers may oper-
ate and ice may damage the
windshield wiper blades.
Always remove all snow and
ice and defrost the windshield
properly prior to operating the
windshield wipers.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
1244
Front windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the wind-
shield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level.If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
(Continued)
• When tinting the windshield,
be careful of any fluid getting
into the sensor located in the
top center of the front wind-
shield. It may damage the
related parts.
OCK047419
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freez-
ing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on the wind-
shield and obscure your vision.
4125
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION -Wipers &
windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
nents, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
Features of your vehicle
1264
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
Automatic turn off function
(if equipped)
The interior lights automatically turn
off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turn off approximately
5 seconds after the system in armed
stage.
Room lamp
• :The light stays on at all times.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
WARNING - Interior
Lights
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents could happen
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
OCK047421
4127
Features of your vehicle
Map lamp
• Press the lens (1) to turn ON the
map lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press
the lens (1) again.
• (2) : DOOR mode
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi-
mately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds when doors are unlocked
with a transmitter or smart key as
long as the doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min-
utes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
✽✽
NOTICE
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
can not be selected at the same time.
Front Room Lamp:
• Type A
(3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on
and off.
• Type B
(3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps
on.
(4): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps
off.
OCK047420
OCK047055
■ Type B
■ Type A
Features of your vehicle
1284
Liftgate room lamp
(if equipped)
The liftgate room lamp comes on
when the liftgate is opened.
The liftgate room lamp comes on as
long as the liftgate lid opens.To pre-
vent unnecessary battery drain,
close the liftgate lid securely after
using the liftgate room.
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
To prevent unnecessary battery
drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
CAUTION
- Vanity mirror
lamp
Always have the switch in the
off position when the vanity mir-
ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-
visor is closed without the lamp
off, it may discharge the battery
or damage the sunvisor.
OCK047422
OCK047425 OCK047424
4129
Features of your vehicle
Door courtesy lamp
The door courtesy lamp comes ON
when the door is opened to assist
entering or exiting the vehicle. It also
serves as a warning to passing vehi-
cles that the vehicle door is open.
OCK047423
Features of your vehicle
1304
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Headlight (Headlamp) escort
function
When the headlight(light switch in
the headlight or AUTO position) is on
and all doors (and liftgate) are locked
and closed, the position light and
headlight will come on for 15 sec-
onds if any of the below is per-
formed.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button, the position light
and headlight will turn off immediate-
ly.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift-
gate) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.
Pocket lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
locked and closed, the pocket lamp
and puddle lamp will come on for
about 15 seconds if any of the below
is performed.
• With the smart key system
- When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
4131
Features of your vehicle
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this sec-
tion.
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel. The indicator on
the rear window defroster button illu-
minates when the defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automati-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ignition switch is
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
again.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
DEFROSTER
CAUTION - Conductors
To prevent damage to the con-
ductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
OCK047306
Features of your vehicle
1324
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
OCK047300/OCK047322
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. AUTO (automatic control) button
3. Front windshield defroster button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Air intake control button
7. OFF button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10. Passenger's temperature control knob
11. SYNC temperature control selection but-
ton
12. Climate control display
13. Rear temperature control knob
■■
Rear seat
■■
Front seat
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the blower
when the engine is running.
4133
Features of your vehicle
Automatic heating and air con-
ditioning
1.Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tem-
perature.
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature.
✽✽
NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The ‘AUTO’
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control switch
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
73°F (23°C).
OCK047307
■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side
OCK047311
Features of your vehicle
1344
✽✽
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
OCK047427L
4135
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air condi-
tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
Mode selection
OCK047309N
Features of your vehicle
1364
The mode selection button controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
OCK047308
4137
Features of your vehicle
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumb-
wheel (if equipped).
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
• Front seat
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by turning the knob to
the extreme right.
OCK047310 OCK047321
OCK047311
OCK047323
■ Rear seat
■ Front seat
• Driver’s side • Passenger’s side
Features of your vehicle
1384
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to
the extreme left.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by
1°F/0.5°C. When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
• Rear seat
Turn the rear seat temperature con-
trol knob to adjust temperature.
The front and rear seat side temper-
ature is adjusted individually.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
• Press the “SYNC” button to adjust
the driver and passenger side tem-
perature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
• Press the “SYNC” button again to
adjust the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
illumination of button turns off.
• Operate the driver side tempera-
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
• Operate the passenger side tem-
perature control knob to adjust the
passenger side temperature.
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit
as follows:
While pressing the OFF button,
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
OCK047312
4139
Features of your vehicle
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control posi-
tion, push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (without
air conditioning selected) may cause
fogging of the windshield and side
windows and the air within the pas-
senger compartment may become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in exces-
sively dry air in the passenger com-
partment.
OCK047313
Features of your vehicle
1404
Sunroof inside air recirculation
(if equipped)
If the sunroof opens while the heater
or Air Conditioning system operates,
the outside (fresh) air will be select-
ed automatically for ventilating the
car.Then, if you select the recirculat-
ed air position, the outside (fresh) air
will be selected automatically after 3
minutes.
If you close the sunroof, the intake
mode will be changed to the previous
selected mode.
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by operating the fan
speed control button.
To change the fan speed, press ( )
the button for higher speed, or push
( ) the button for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OCK047315
WARNING - Reduced
Visibility
Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
OCK047314
4141
Features of your vehicle
OFF mode
Press the front blower OFF button to
turn off the front air climate control
system. However, you can still oper-
ate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
Climate information screen
selection (if equipped)
Press the climate information screen
selection button to display climate
information on the screen.
OCK047317
WARNING - Recirculated
Air
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
WARNING - Sleeping with
AC on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
on as this may cause serious
harm or death due to a drop in
the oxygen level and/or body
temperature.
OCK047316
Features of your vehicle
1424
System operation
Ventilation
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1.Set the mode to the position.
2.Set the air intake control to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
3.Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4.Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5.If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or position.
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle.This will help keep the driv-
er alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
shield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1.Start the engine. Press the air con-
ditioning button.
2.Set the mode to the position.
3.Set the air intake control to the out-
side air or recirculated air position.
4.Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
• When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position, then set the
fan speed control to the highest
speed.
4143
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
When opening the windows in humid
weather, air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equip-
ment, air conditioning should only be
used with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com-
pressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle.This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning sys-
tem in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, how-
ever, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
CAUTION - Excessive A/C
Use
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the tempera-
ture gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system opera-
tion may cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the
blower fan but turn the air con-
ditioning system off if the tem-
perature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
Features of your vehicle
1444
Climate control air filter
(if equipped)
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Replace the filter every 15,000
miles or once a year.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized Kia
dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air condi-
tioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air con-
ditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
1LDA5047
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Blower
Evaporator
core
Heater core
4145
Features of your vehicle
Air Conditioning refrigerant
label
❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrig-
erant label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant
❈ Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
on the location of air conditioning
refrigerant label.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning sys-
tem is under very high pres-
sure. If proper service proce-
dures are not followed an explo-
sion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certi-
fied technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To pre-
vent damage,the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
OUM066035L
■ Example
Features of your vehicle
1464
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set
the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
tion.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili-
ty of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
Automatic climate control
system
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and the
windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visi-
bility. In this case, set the mode
selection to the position
and fan speed control to the
lower speed.
OCK047318
4147
Features of your vehicle
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2.Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically and the
air conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature.
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel automatic defog-
ging logic or return to the automatic
defogging logic, do the following.
OCK047319
Features of your vehicle
1484
Automatic climate control system
1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3.While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto defogging system
(if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
ity of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
The auto defogging system does not
work if you push the Air intake con-
trol button, Air conditioning button, or
Mode selection button with the Auto
Defogging system in operation. To
ensure a proper view, do not press
the following buttons while the auto
defogging system is in operation.
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the mois-
ture on the inside of the
windshield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle,
higher steps operate as follow. For
example if auto defogging does not
defog inside the windshield at step 1
Outside air position, it tries to defog
again at step 2 Operating the air con-
ditioning.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Operating the air condition-
ing
Step 3 : Blowing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
the windshield
OCK047320
OCK047428L
4149
Features of your vehicle
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position.
When the ADS system is canceled,
Indicator on the button will blink 3
times per 0.5 sec and the position
“ADS OFF” will be displayed on the
climate control information screen.
When the ADS system is reset,
Indicator on the button will blink 6
times per 0.25sec and the position
“ADS OFF” will be disappeared on
the climate control information
screen.
You can set or release the Auto
Defogging System on the AVN
Climate Information selection screen.
If the battery is discharged or
detached, the auto defogging system
will be reset. Adjust the feature
accordingly.
Do not remove the sensor cover locat-
ed on the upper end of the passenger
side windshield glass. Damage to the
system parts could occur and may not
be covered by your vehicle warranty.
Automatic ventilation
(if equipped)
The system automatically selects the
outside (fresh) air position when the
climate control system operates over
a certain period of time (approxi-
mately 30 minutes) in low tempera-
ture with the recirculated air position
selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
while pressing the A/C button, press
the recirculated air position button
five times within three seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is
canceled, the indicator blinks 3
times. When the automatic ventila-
tion is activated, the indicator blinks
6 times.
If the battery is discharged or
detached, the automatic ventilation
will be reset. Adjust the feature
accordingly.
Smart ventilation (if equipped)
The smart ventilation system main-
tains pleasant/fresh air condition
inside the passenger compartment
by automatically detecting/controlling
the temperature, humidity, when you
drive the vehicle with the climate
control system in the OFF position.
When the smart ventilation system
starts to operate, the message,
“SMART VENTILATION ON”
appears for 5 seconds.
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when the OFF button of
the climate control system is
selected.
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when any button of the
climate control system is selected
for operation.
• The smart ventilation system may
not operate, when the vehicle is
driven at low speed.
Features of your vehicle
1504
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compart-
ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever.
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with a master key (1). (if
equipped)
To open the glove box, pull the lever
(2) and the glove box will automati-
cally open. Close the glove box after
use.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store, propane cylinders
or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These
items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OCK047430OCK047429
4151
Features of your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box.
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open.Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
To close the sunglass holder push it up.
WARNING - Glove Box
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop,always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
WARNING - Sunglass
holder
Do not keep objects except sun-
glasses inside the sunglass
holder. Heavier objects can be
thrown from the holder in the
event of a sudden stop or an
accident, possibly injuring the
passengers.
OCK047431
Features of your vehicle
1524
Cup holder
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
INTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
OCK047432N
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
OCK047433
CAUTION
Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
tronic system and damage elec-
trical/electronic parts.
CAUTION
When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not use heat to dry the cup
holders. This may damage the
cup holder.
4153
Features of your vehicle
Seat warmer (if equipped)
Temperature control (Manual)
• Each time you push up or press
the switch, the temperature setting
of the seat will change as follows :
■ Front seat
■ Rear seat
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
▼
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
OCK047437N
OCK047468N
OCK047438
The seat warmer is provided to
warm the front seats during cold
weather. With the ignition switch in
the ON position, push up either of
the switches to warm the driver's
seat or the front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the “OFF” position.
■ Rear seat
■ Front seat
• Type A
• Type B
Features of your vehicle
1544
Temperature control(Automatic)
The seat warmer starts to automati-
cally control the seat temperature in
order to prevent low-temperature
burns after being manually turned
ON.
You may manually push up the but-
ton to increase the seat temperature.
However, it soon returns to the auto-
matic mode again.
• When pushing up the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the
seat warmer operating, the seat
warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
✽✽
NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch
position.
• If you want to ventilate your seat
cushion, push down the switch
(blue color).
• Each time you push down the but-
ton, the airflow will change as fol-
lows:
▼
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
The seat warmer may cause
burns, even at low tempera-
tures, if used over a long period
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take
care of themselves to be
exposed to the risk of seat
heater burns.These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
→
30min
60min
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
→
OCK047439N
4155
Features of your vehicle
• The seat warmer (with air ventila-
tion) defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
ward or backward (4).
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)
* The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi-
cle may differ from the illustration.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
CAUTION - Seat damage
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, ben-
zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on the seat. Those
things may damage the air
ventilation seat.
• Be careful not to spill liquid
such as water or beverages on
the seat.If you spill some liquid,
wipe the seat with a dry towel.
Before using the air ventilation
seat, dry the seat completely.
OCK047434
Features of your vehicle
1564
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile devices.
The devices should draw less than
10 amps with the engine running.
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged peri-
ods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicle’s power out-
let. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat and the fuse
may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protec-
tion. The current from the battery
may flow into the vehicle’s electri
cal/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
WARNING - Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pen, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may receive an
electric shock.
OCK047435N
OCK047436
■ Type A
■ Type B
4157
Features of your vehicle
USB charger
The USB charger is designed to
recharge devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be
recharged when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in ACC/ON/START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
charged with normal speed.
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent bat-
tery discharge.
• Only devices that fits the USB port
can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
• Battery chargers cannot be
charged.
Coat hook (if equipped)
❈ This actual feature may differ from the illus-
tration.
To use the coat hook, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
OCK047441
■ Type A
■ Type B
OCK047442
OCK047461
Features of your vehicle
1584
Floor mat anchor (s)
(if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
cle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothe pockets. In
an accident or when the curtain
air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
OPS046500
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes,since
those may damage the hook.
OXM043309
WARNING - After market
floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can inter-
fere with pedal operation.
4159
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to the
vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that can-
not be firmly attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub-
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat).Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
Luggage net (holder)
(if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the
cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis-
ible signs of wear or damage.
OCK047443
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
Features of your vehicle
1604
✽✽
NOTICE
If you install an after market HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
❈ If your vehicle is equipped with
AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)
system, refer to a separately sup-
plied manual for detailed informa-
tion.
Antenna
Glass antenna
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
Shark fin antenna
The shark fin antenna will receive the
transmit data.
AUDIO SYSTEM
OCK047444
CAUTION
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear window glass or quarter
glass with a cleaner or use a
scraper to remove any foreign
deposits as this may cause
damage to the antenna ele-
ments.
• Avoid adding metallic coating
such as Ni, Cd, and so on.
These can interfere with
AM/FM reception.
• To prevent damage to the rear
glass antenna,never use sharp
instruments or window cleaner
containing abrasives to clean
the window. Clean the inside
surface of the rear glass win-
dow with a piece of soft cloth.
• When putting a sticker on the
inside surface of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to damage
to the rear glass antenna.
• Do not put sharp instruments
nearby the rear glass antenna.
• Tinted rear window may affect
the proper functioning of the
antenna.
4161
Features of your vehicle
AUX, USB port
You can use an AUX port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to
plug in an USB or iPod
®
.
✽✽
NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
*
iPod
®
is a trademark of Apple Inc.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Driving while distracted can
result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury,and death.
The driver's primary responsibili-
ty is in the safe and legal opera-
tion of a vehicle, and use of any
handheld devices, other equip-
ment, or vehicle systems which
take the driver's eyes, attention
and focus away from the safe
operation of a vehicle or which
are not permissible by law should
never be used during operation
of the vehicle.
OCK047446N
Features of your vehicle
1624
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15
of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi-
dential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or tel-
evision reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to cor-
rect the interference by one or more of the following measures :
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Caution: Any changes or modifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void
your authority to operate this equipment.
4163
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operatedwith minmum 20cm between the and your body.This transmitter must
not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter unless authorized to do so by the
FCC.
Driving your vehicle
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
• Starting the engine with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Automatic transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
• Launch control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Automatic transmission (shift-by-wire) . . . . . . . . 5-20
• Automatic transmission operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
• Parking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• LCD display messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Launch control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
All Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Using All wheel Drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Emergency precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Limited Slip Differential (LSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Parking brake – Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
• Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
• Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
• Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) . . . . . 5-64
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
• FCA warning message and system control. . . . . . . . 5-67
• Brake operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• FCA front radar/camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
• System malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
• Limitation of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
5
Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
• To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
• To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
• To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on. . 5-80
• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following. . . 5-80
• To resume cruising speed at more than
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following. . 5-81
Smart cruise control with stop & go system . . . . 5-82
• Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
• Speed setting (Smart cruise control system). . . . . . . 5-84
• Vehicle to vehicle distance setting
(Smart cruise control system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
• When the lane ahead is clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
• When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane . . . 5-90
• To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise
control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
• Auto stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
• Auto start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
• Condition of ISG system operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• ISG system deactivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• ISG system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . 5-105
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
• LKA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
• LKA system malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
• LKA system function change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW). . . . . . . . . 5-120
• BCW (Blind-spot collision warning) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
• RCCW (Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning) . . . 5-123
• Driver's attention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Driver Attention Warning (DAW). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
• Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
• System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
• System malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
5
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant. . . . . . . . . 5-142
• Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142
• Change to “winter weight” oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-143
• Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-143
• To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
• Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143
• Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-144
• Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
Vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
5
Driving your vehicle
45
Be sure the exhaust system does
not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose.If you hear a change in
the sound of the exhaust or if you drive
over something that strikes the under-
neath side of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
WARNING - Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger com-
partment. If you must drive with
the liftgate open proceed as fol-
lows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
“Fresh”, the air flow control
at “Floor” or “Face” and the
fan at the highest speed.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
and parts, including compo-
nents found in the interior fur-
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects and repro-
ductive harm. In addition, cer-
tain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of compo-
nent wear contain or emit chem-
icals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
55
Driving your vehicle
Before entering vehicle
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in chapter 7,
“Maintenance”.
Before starting
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all con-
trols are easily reached.
• Buckle your seat belt.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsi-
bility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any handled devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the drive should
not be used during vehicle
operation.
Driving your vehicle
65
WARNING - Check sur-
roundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
WARNING - Loose
objects
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sud-
den stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the opera-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is danger-
ous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs is as dangerous
as or more dangerous than driv-
ing drunk.
57
Driving your vehicle
Illuminated engine start/stop
button
Whenever the front door is opened,
the engine start/stop button will illu-
minate for your convenience. The
light will go off after about 30 sec-
onds when the door is closed.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the trans-
mitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.
Engine start/stop button posi-
tion
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON posi-
tion), press the engine start/stop but-
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park)
position. When you press the engine
start/stop button without the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, the
engine start/stop button will not
change to the OFF position but to the
ACC position.
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the engine
start/stop button for more than 2 sec-
onds or 3 times successively within 3
seconds.If the vehicle is still moving,
you can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by press-
ing the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion.
ACC(Accessory)
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
If the engine start/stop button is in the
ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the button is turned off automatically
to prevent battery discharge.
Accessory is displayed on the LCD
of the cluster.
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON
OCK057001
OCK057163
Driving your vehicle
85
ON
Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the engine start/stop button in
the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N
(Neutral) position. For your safety,
start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
If you press the engine start/stop but-
ton without depressing the brake
pedal for automatic transmission vehi-
cles, the engine will not start and the
engine start/stop button changes as
follow:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
✽✽
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON
position for a long time, the battery
will discharge.
WARNING - Starting
vehicle
Never press the engine
start/stop button while the vehi-
cle is in motion except in an
emergency.This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
59
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine with a
smart key
1.Carry the smart key or place it
inside the vehicle.
2.Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied
3.Place the transmission shift lever in
P (Park). Depress the brake pedal
fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4.Press the engine start/stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button
is in the ACC position or above, if
any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the
smart key is not in the vehicle, a
message “key is not in the vehicle”
will appear on the LCD display.And
if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indi-
cator or warning will turn off while
the vehicle is moving. Always have
the smart key with you.
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the engine start/stop
button while the smart key is in
the vehicle may result in unin-
tended engine activation and/or
unintended vehicle movement.
Driving your vehicle
105
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the engine start/stop button with
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you can't start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one.If
it is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without depress-
ing the brake pedal. But for your
safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec-
onds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
OCK057005
511
Driving your vehicle
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽✽
NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal and the lock release but-
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
OCK057164
++
++
((
((
UU
UU
PP
PP
))
))
--
--
((
((
DD
DD
OO
OO
WW
WW
NN
NN
))
))
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
Press the lock release button when shifting.
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
Driving your vehicle
125
When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle with the engine
power. Use the service brake or the
parking brake.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transmission and
prevents the drive wheels from rotat-
ing.
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-
cle is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you
to lose control of the vehicle.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
WARNING - Leaving
Vehicle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Do not use
the P position in place of the
parking brake. Always make
sure the shift lever is locked in
the P position and set the park-
ing brake fully. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
CAUTION - Transmission
To avoid damage to your trans-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on. The transmission
may be damaged if you shift
into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the vehicle” explained in this
chapter.
513
Driving your vehicle
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1.After stopping your vehicle, depress
the brake pedal and move the trans-
mission shift lever to [P] with the
ignition button in [ON] or while the
engine is running.
2.If the parking brake is applied,
release the parking brake.
- For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles,
depress the brake pedal with the
ignition button in [ON] or while the
engine is running to disengage
the parking brake. If [AUTO
HOLD] function is used while
driving (If [AUTO HOLD] indicator
is on in the cluster), press [AUTO
HOLD] switch and [AUTO HOLD]
function should be turn off.
3.While depressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button [OFF].
- For smart key equipped vehicles,
the ignition switch can be moved
to [OFF] only when the shift lever
is in [P].
4.Change the gear shift lever to [N]
(Neutral) while depressing the
brake pedal and inserting, press-
ing down a tool (e.g. flathead
screw-driver) into the [SHIFT
LOCK RELEASE] access hole at
the same time. Then, the vehicle
will move when external force is
applied.
✽✽
NOTICE
• After the ignition switch has been
turned off, the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake) cannot be released.
• For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles with
[AUTO HOLD] function used
while driving, if the ignition but-
ton has been turned [OFF], the
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
will be engaged automatically.
Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func-
tion should be turned off before
the ignition button is turned off.
WARNING - Parking In
Neutral
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park the
vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety
and apply the parking brake.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, make sure the parking
ground is level and flat.Do not
park in [N] gear on any slopes
or gradients. If parked and left
in [N], the vehicle may move
and cause serious damage or
injury.
Driving your vehicle
145
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transmission will auto-
matically shift through a 8-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or climbing grades,
depress the accelerator fully, at
which time the transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear.
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual mode is selected
by pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range opera-
tion, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transmission,
the manual mode allows gearshifts
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
• In manual mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care to
keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In manual mode, only the 8 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
position as required.
OCK057166N
515
Driving your vehicle
• In manual mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the vehi-
cle slows down. When the vehicle
stops, 1st gear is automatically
selected.
• In manual mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone shift
points are varied to upshift auto-
matically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer-
tain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transmission to shift into the 2nd
gear which is better for smooth
driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side to
shift back to the 1st gear.
Paddle shifter (if equipped)
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D position or
the manual mode.
With the shift lever in the D position
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower than
4.3 mph (7km/h), if you depress the
accelerator pedal for more than 6
seconds (Except drive mode (Sport,
Custom). For more information, refer
to Drive mode integrated control sys-
tem in chapter 5) or if you shift the
shift lever from D (Drive) to manual
mode and shift it from manual mode
to D (Drive) again or if you pull the [+]
paddle shifter more than 1 second,
the system changes from manual
mode to automatic mode.
With the shift lever in the manual mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle
shifters at the same time, you cannot
shift the gear.
OCK057007L
Driving your vehicle
165
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3.Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, a
chattering noise & vibration near the
shift lever may be heard. It is a nor-
mal condition.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake
pedal depressed, continue depress-
ing the brake, then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-
ering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-
driver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inad-
vertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
OCK057180N
517
Driving your vehicle
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock
override access hole then install
the cap.
7.We recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Ignition key interlock system
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position. Even if the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position, the
key cannot be removed.
If your vehicle is equipped with
engine start/stop button, the button
will not change to the OFF position
unless the shift lever is in the P
(Park) position.
Good driving practices
• Never move the gear shift lever
from P (Park) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the gear shift lever into
P (Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the trans-
mission in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
✽✽
NOTICE - Kickdown
Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pres-
sure point. The automatic transmis-
sion will shift to a lower gear
depending on the engine speed.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Depress the accelerator
gradually while releasing the brake
pedal.
Driving your vehicle
185
Launch Control
Launch Control Operation
• When using Launch Control with
an engine that is not warmed up
enough, a driver should always
make sure that the engine’s cool-
ing water is warmed up and reach-
es a recommended temperature.
• To operate ESC Off state 2, Press
and hold ESC button for more than
3 seconds in Sports mode. (Status
Display on Cluster Screen)
• For launching, stop the vehicle and
keep a steering wheel straight.
• Footbrakes, EPB and Auto Hold
must be released for smooth
launching.
• Press the brake firmly with your left
foot in transmission D mode, while
pressing the accelerator pedal
down fully with your right foot.
Then, the Launch Control Ready
(1) will be in place.
• To start a vehicle, with your right
foot pressing the accelerator pedal
down fully, remove your left foot
from the brake. (within 4 seconds)
(Launch Control Active (2) Status
Display on Cluster Screen)
• If both the brakes and accelerater
pedals were applied and the driver
removes his foot only from the
accelerater pedal, Launch Control
will be automatically deactivated.
Or, if the vehicle does not start
after 4 seconds with a driver’s feet
on both brake and accelerate ped-
als, Launch Control will automati-
cally deactivated as well
OCK047156L OCK047157L
519
Driving your vehicle
• Do not operate both brake and
accelerate pedals simultaneously
for longer than 4 seconds without
leaving the vehicle.
• When re-using Launch Control, a
driver should have the vehicle cool
down sufficiently by driving.
Limited use of Launch Control (3)
• A warning message will pop up on
the screen if the transmission fluid
temperature is above a certain
level while using Launch Control.
Also, Launch Control will be auto-
matically deactivated.
• To address the issue as above, a
driver should cool down the trans-
mission fluid temperature by driv-
ing the vehicle. (Driving at a con-
stant speed over 60 KPH is highly
recommended)
✽✽
NOTICE
Launching performance can vary
depending on fuel, environment,
tire, and loading conditions.
CAUTION
Constant use of Launch Control
can put enormous stress on
transmission, engine, and drive
shafts and can result in vehicle
damage. It is highly recom-
mended that Launch Control is
used after completion of the
vehicle brake-in process.
OCK047158L
WARNING
It is the responsibility of the
driver to make sure it is safe
before using Launch Control.
Do not use Launch Control on
public roads or when pedestrian
congestion is present. Doing so
could result in an accident that
causes serious injuries.
Driving your vehicle
205
Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has
eight forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT-BY-WIRE) (IF EQUIPPED)
OCK057008L
When you move the shift lever (1), depress the brake pedal while pressing the UNLOCK
button (2).
To shift the gear to P (Park), press the [P] button(3).
521
Driving your vehicle
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the shift lever position
when the engine start/stop button is
in the ON position.
However, if the gear is in N (Neutral)
or P (Park), the position is displayed
on the instrument cluster when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
or ACC position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual mode
to P (Park), press the [P] button.
If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),
R (Reverse), the shifting automati-
cally changes to P (Park).
When you park the vehicle, press the
[P] button while depressing the brake
pedal and then apply the parking
brake.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the engine
start/stop button in the OFF
position. Unexpected and sud-
den vehicle movement can
occur if these precautions are
not followed.
• Do not use engine braking
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery
roads. The vehicle may slip
causing an accident.
OCK057009N
CAUTION - Transmission
To avoid damage to your trans-
mission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any for-
ward gear position with the
brakes on. The transmission
may be damaged if you shift
into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
Driving your vehicle
225
To reduce rollaway risk, do not use
the P (Park) Position in place of the
parking brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To move the shift lever to R
(Reverse), press the [UNLOCK] but-
ton while depressing the brake pedal
and then move the shift lever forward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) posi-
tion in place of the parking
brake.
OCK057010N
OCK057011N
■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)
Unlock Button
Unlock Button
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)
OCK057012N
■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)
523
Driving your vehicle
To turn off the engine, re-press the
engine start/stop button to the ON
position, press the [P] button, and
press the engine start/stop button to
the OFF position.
When either the driver's door or the
front passenger's door is opened
with the engine start/stop button in
the ACC position and the shift lever
in N (Neutral) position, the engine is
automatically turned OFF and the
transmission automatically changes
to the P (Park) position.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.The
transmission will automatically shift
through a 8-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
WARNING
• To avoid inadvertent vehicle
movement, do not shift into
gear unless your foot is firmly
on the brake pedal.
• D not permit your vehicle to
idle in the N (Neutral) position
for an extended period of
time as this will preclude the
wheels and the transmission
from engaging. While parking
the vehicle with the engine
running, depress the brake
pedal, shift the vehicle to the
P (Park) position and apply
the parking brake.
• Do not drive with the shift
lever in N (Neutral). The
engine brake will not work
and may lead to an accident.
OCK057013N
OCK057014N
■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
Unlock Button
Driving your vehicle
245
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or driving uphill, depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
To shift into D (Drive), depress the
brake pedal and press the
[UNLOCK] button on the shift lever.
Move the shift lever backward.
To shift into D (Drive) from N
(Neutral), you must depress the
brake pedal.
✽✽
NOTICE
Always come to complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear
Follow below steps when parking
and you want the vehicle to move
when pushed.
1.After parking your vehicle, step on
the brake pedal and press the [P]
button with the ignition button in
[ON] or while the engine is running.
2.If the parking brake is applied
unlock the parking brake.
- For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles, push
the brake pedal with the ignition
button in [ON] or while the engine
is running to disengage the park-
ing brake. If [AUTO HOLD] func-
tion is used while driving (If
[AUTO HOLD] indicator is on in
the cluster), press [AUTO HOLD]
switch and [AUTO HOLD] func-
tion should be turn off.
3.While pressing the brake pedal,
turn the ignition button [OFF].
- For smart key equipped vehicles,
the ignition switch can be [OFF]
only after pressing the [P] button.
4.Remove the cap-cover and insert a
tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into
the access hole and press down on
the tool while depressing the brake
pedal.Then, the gear will change to
the N (Neutral) position.It should be
pressed within 3 minutes after turn-
ing OFF the engine.
✽✽
NOTICE
When move the shift lever to
N(Neutral) position, normal
mechanical sound would occur.
CAUTION
• For EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) equipped vehicles with
[AUTO HOLD] function used
while driving, if the ignition but-
ton has been turned [OFF], the
electronic parking brake will be
engaged automatically.
Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func-
tion should be turned off before
the ignition button is turned off.
525
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
After the ignition switch has been
turned off, the electronic parking
brake cannot be disengaged.
Paddle shifter (Manual mode)
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic
mode to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower
than 4.3 mph (7km/h), if you depress
the accelerator pedal for more than 6
seconds (Except drive mode (Sport,
Custom). For more information, refer
to Drive mode integrated control sys-
tem in chapter 5) or if you move the
shift lever to D (Drive) again or if you
pull the [+] paddle shifter more than
1 second, the system changes from
manual mode to automatic mode.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear shift
may not occur.
OCK057007L
WARNING
• With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park
the vehicle in [P] (Park) for
safety and apply the parking
brake.
• Before parking in [N] (Neutral)
gear, first make sure the park-
ing ground is level and flat. Do
not park in [N] gear on any
slopes or gradients. If parked
and left in [N], the vehicle may
move and cause serious dam-
age or injury.
Driving your vehicle
265
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) unless the [UNLOCK]
button is pressed while depressing
the brake pedal.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2.Start the engine or place the
engine start/stop button in the ON
position.
3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) while pressing the
[UNLOCK] button.
When the battery is discharged:
You can move the shift lever, when
the battery is discharged.However, it
will not change the gear from P
(Parking) to N (Neutral) or others.
In emergencies, do the followings to
move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect the cables between the
jump-starting terminals inside the
engine compartment and the bat-
tery terminals of another vehicle/
supplementary battery.
For more information refer to
"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake with the
engine start/stop button in the ON
position.
3. Press the engine start/stop button
to the OFF position.
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and
insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-
driver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool while
depressing the brake pedal.Then,
the gear will change to the N
(Neutral) position. It should be
pressed within 3 minutes after
turning OFF the engine.
OCK057169N
527
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
In situations the gear needs to be
changed from P (Park) to N
(Neutral) when the engine start/stop
button is in the OFF position, refer
to step 4.
The actuators work to shift the gear
in the N (Neutral) or P (Parking)
and make normal mechanical
sound.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the engine start/stop but-
ton in the OFF position.Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
LCD display messages
Shifter Malfunction
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the transmis-
sion or the shift lever does not prop-
erly operate in the P (Park) position.
In this case, we recommend you to
immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia deal-
er.
WARNING
• Do not depress the accelera-
tor pedal While sitting in the
vehicle with the engine run-
ning. Depressing the acceler-
ator pedal for a long period of
time may cause the engine or
exhaust system to overheat
and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot .
Keep away from the exhaust
system components. Do not
stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass,
paper or leaves. They may
ignite and cause a fire.
OCK057143L
Driving your vehicle
285
Check shift lever
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when there is a mal-
function with one of the key trans-
mission components.
In this case, we recommend you to
immediately have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Shifting conditions not met
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when engine RPM
is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
We recommend you to decrease
your RPM level or slow down before
shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change gear
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting
the gear.
We recommend you to depress the
brake pedal and then shift the gear.
OCK057070L OCK057071L OCK057072L
529
Driving your vehicle
Shift to P after stopping
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting
the gear.
We recommend you to depress the
brake pedal and then shift the gear.
Press UNLOCK to change gear
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the
[UNLOCK] button is not pressed
while shifting the gear. We recom-
mend you to press the [UNLOCK]
button and then shift the gear.
PARK engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the P (Park) position is
engaged.
OCK057073L OCK057078L OCK057075L
Driving your vehicle
305
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the N (Neutral) posi-
tion is engaged.
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle decel-
eration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• When driving in Sports Mode, slow
down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
rpms are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmis-
sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
531
Driving your vehicle
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears.On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
✽✽
NOTICE
Kia recommends you follow all post-
ed speed limits.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belt-
ed occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Do not attempt sudden or
abrupt driving maneuvers on
slippery surfaces. Attempting
such maneuvers can result in
loss of vehicle control and
accidents.
Driving your vehicle
325
✽✽
NOTICE
- Kickdown Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pres-
sure point. The automatic transmis-
sion will shift to a lower gear
depending on the engine speed.
Launch Control
Launch Control Operation
• When using Launch Control with
an engine that is not warmed up
enough, a driver should always
make sure that the engine’s cool-
ing water is warmed up and reach-
es a recommended temperature.
• To operate ESC Off state 2, Press
and hold ESC button for more than
3 seconds in Sports mode. (Status
Display on Cluster Screen)
• For launching, stop the vehicle and
keep a steering wheel straight.
• Footbrakes, EPB and Auto Hold
must be released for smooth
launching.
• Press the brake firmly with your left
foot in transmission D mode, while
pressing the accelerator pedal
down fully with your right foot.
Then, the Launch Control Ready
(1) will be in place.
OCK047156L
533
Driving your vehicle
• To start a vehicle, with your right
foot pressing the accelerator pedal
down fully, remove your left foot
from the brake. (within 4 seconds)
(Launch Control Active (2) Status
Display on Cluster Screen)
• If both the brakes and accelerater
pedals were applied and the driver
removes his foot only from the
accelerater pedal, Launch Control
will be automatically deactivated.Or,
if the vehicle does not start after 4
seconds with a driver’s feet on both
brake and accelerate pedals,
Launch Control will automatically
deactivated as well
• Do not operate both brake and
accelerate pedals simultaneously
for longer than 4 seconds without
leaving the vehicle.
• When re-using Launch Control, a
driver should have the vehicle cool
down sufficiently by driving.
Limited use of Launch Control (3)
• An warning message will pop up
on the screen if the transmission
fluid temperature is above a certain
level while using Launch Control.
Also, Launch Control will be auto-
matically deactivated.
• To address the issue as above, a
driver should cool down the trans-
mission fluid temperature by driv-
ing the vehicle. (Driving at a con-
stant speed over 60 KPH is highly
recommended)
OCK047157L
OCK047158L
Driving your vehicle
345
✽✽
NOTICE
Launching performance can vary
depending on fuel, environment,
tire, and loading conditions.
CAUTION
Constant use of Launch Control
can put enormous stress on
transmission, engine, and drive
shafts and can result in vehicle
damage. It is highly recom-
mended that Launch Control is
used after completion of the
vehicle brake-in process.
WARNING
It is the responsibility of the
driver to make sure it is safe
before using Launch Control.
Do not use Launch Control on
public roads or when pedestrian
congestion is present. Doing so
could result in an accident that
causes serious injuries.
535
Driving your vehicle
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) System
delivers engine power to front and
rear wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving slip-
pery, muddy, wet, or snow-covered
roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
If the AWD warning light ( )
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a mal-
function with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
( ) illuminates we recom-
mend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is great-
ly increased if you lose con-
trol of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
Driving your vehicle
365
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi-
cle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled mainte-
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions" in chap-
ter 7).
• Make sure that AWD vehicle is
towed by a flatbed tow truck.
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steer-
ing wheel than usual. Adjust the
steering wheel to a position com-
fortable for you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Use engine braking during deceler-
ation.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, place a non-slip mate-
rial under the drive wheels to pro-
vide traction OR slowly spin the
wheels in forward and reverse direc-
tions which causes a rocking motion
that may free the vehicle. However,
avoid running the engine continu-
ously at high rpm, doing so may
damage the AWD system.
537
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• When using Snow Tires, mount
them on all four wheels.
• When using Tire Chains, install
them on all four tires. However, if
you are in a situation to use only
two tire chains, install them on the
rear tires. In this case, drive a
short distance to prevent damage
to the AWD system.
• If tire chains must be used, use
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and
install the tire chain after review-
ing the instructions provided with
the tire chains.
For more information on Snow Tires
and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter
Driving" in this chapter.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driv-
ing downhill.
- Drive as slowly using engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
Emergency precautions
Tires
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
In case of emergency such as tire
puncture, repair it using TMK (Tire
Mobility Kit) for temporary use.
Afterwards, have the tire be inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer/serv-
ice partner.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution driv-
ing up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehi-
cle,which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing seri-
ous injury.
Driving your vehicle
385
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip-
ment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more information, refer
to "Towing" in chapter 6.
Vehicle inspection
• When the vehicle is on a car lift, do
not operate the front and rear
wheels separately. All four wheels
should be operated.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack.The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
OCK057159L
539
Driving your vehicle
LIMITED SLIP
DIFFERENTIAL (LSD)
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the fol-
lowing procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
Limited Slip Differential (LSD) refers
to a system equipped with a mecha-
nism that controls the differential
functions of the wheels in the Rear-
Differential. It allows for an enhance-
ment in handling performance during
turning.
Never run wheels with one of them
lifted by the jack. It is extremely dan-
gerous for a vehicle equipped with
Limited Slip Differential.
Be sure to inject oil for exclusive use
of LSD when replacing Rear
Differential (for LSD) Oil.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
OCK057161
Driving your vehicle
405
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a
stalled engine or some other reason,
you can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than you normally would. The
stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehi-
cle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
Always test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep water.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
formance.
CAUTION - Brake Pedal
Do not drive with your foot rest-
ing on the brake pedal.This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
541
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes.You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
mal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
WARNING - Parking
brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emer-
gency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking per-
formance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
Driving your vehicle
425
Brembo Brake (if equipped)
It is normal for vehicles equipped
with high-performance brakes
(Large-diameter brembo brakes for
enhanced braking performance) to
generate braking noises such as a
noise of screech, “rrrrr” sound, crack-
ing sound, and a noise of scratching.
Also, Circular patterns caused by
disc surface friction may occur,
which is normal and doesn’t affect
braking performance.
✽✽
NOTICE
Abnormal deformation and wear of
parts are attributable to excessive
high-speed repetitive braking even if
Brembo brake is equipped. All this
causes vibration when braking. A
driver should observe the speed
limit to prevent damage to the brake
caused by excessive braking.
Warranty does not apply when
brake deformation occurs due to
excessive high-speed repetitive
braking, track driving or racing.
Parking brake – Foot type
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
OYP054009K
543
Driving your vehicle
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
second time while applying the foot
brake. The pedal will automatically
extend to the fully released position.
CAUTION - Parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
WARNING - Parking brake
use
• Never allow a passenger to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parked to avoid
inadvertent movement of the
vehicles which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
OYP054010K
Driving your vehicle
445
Check the brake warning light by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.
Electronic parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (electronic parking
brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes
on.
W-75
545
Driving your vehicle
Also, the EPB is applied automatical-
ly if the Auto Hold button is on when
the engine is turned off. However, if
you press the EPB switch after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not
be Applied.
✽✽
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain
at a standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more
than 3 seconds.
Do not operate the parking brake/
EPB while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch while
doing the following:
• Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON posi-
tion.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• The shift lever must be in P (Park).
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
OCK057018
Driving your vehicle
465
To release EPB (electronic parking
brake) automatically:
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Automatic Transmission
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and liftgate.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Reverse), D (Drive) or Sports
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
✽✽
NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage
the EPB even though the ignition
switch or engine stop/start button
is in the OFF position, but you
cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
Do not follow the above procedure
when driving on a flat level ground.
The vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the parking brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has
been released, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
EPB (electronic parking brake) may
be automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
✽✽
NOTICE
If the driver turns the engine off by
mistake while Auto Hold is operat-
ing, EPB will be automatically
applied. (Vehicles equipped with
Auto Hold)
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
547
Driving your vehicle
System warning
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the engine hood, driver's
door or liftgate is opened, a warn-
ing will sound and a message will
appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the above situation occurs, depress
the brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
• A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to oper-
ate the EPB.
• The EPB may malfunction if you
drive with the EPB applied.
• When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator
pedal, depress it slowly.
WARNING - Parking
Brake Use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parked to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedes-
trians.
OCK057182L
Driving your vehicle
485
System warning
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
✽✽
NOTICE
Depress the brake pedal when the
above message appears for the Auto
Hold and EPB may not activate.
System warning
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated because of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the
engine start/stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the igni-
tion switch or the engine start/stop
button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
OCK057081LOCK057079L
OCK057157
549
Driving your vehicle
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• The EPB warning light may illumi-
nate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off
and turn it on again after a few min-
utes. The warning light will go off
and the EPB switch will operate
normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
• If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light
is on, press the switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back up.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak-
ing is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch.
WARNING
Do not operate the electronic
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving except in an emer-
gency situation. Applying the
electronic parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If
you must use the electronic
parking brake to stop the vehi-
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake.
Driving your vehicle
505
✽✽
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.
If you notice a continuous noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used
for emergency braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB (electronic parking
brake) is not released
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
a flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
tem checked.
AUTO HOLD (if equipped)
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
1.Depress the brake pedal, start the
engine and then press the Auto
Hold button. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on indi-
cating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage,
the driver's door, engine hood must
be closed and the driver's seat belt
must be fastened.
OCK057019N
551
Driving your vehicle
2.When coming to a complete stop
by depressing the brake pedal, the
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from white to green indicating the
AUTO HOLD is engaged.The vehi-
cle will remain at a standstill even if
you release the brake pedal.
3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
4. If you press the accelerator pedal
with the shift lever in D (Drive) or
manual mode, the Auto Hold will
be released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move.The indi-
cator changes from green to white
indicating the Auto Hold is in
standby and the EPB is released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
depressing the accelerator pedal,
always check the surrounding area
near your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal
for a smooth launch.
Cancel
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out.
To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
depressing the brake pedal.
OCK057020N
OCK057021N
Driving your vehicle
525
✽✽
NOTICE
• The following are conditions when
the Auto Hold will not engage
(Auto Hold light will not turn
green and the Auto Hold system
remains in stand by):
- The driver's seat belt is unfas-
tened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The shift lever is in P (Park) or R
(Reverse)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB
under any of the following condi-
tions (Auto Hold light remains
white and the EPB automatically
applies):
- The driver's seat belt is unfas-
tened and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)
(Continued)
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehi-
cle and release parking brake
manually with the EPB switch.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.
If there is a malfunction with the dri-
ver’s door, engine hood open detec-
tion system, the Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB, but
these conditions are normal and
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an acci-
dent, do not activate Auto Hold
while driving downhill, backing
up or parking your vehicle.
553
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
✽✽
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not oper-
ate. For your safety, depress the
brake pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
OCK057081L
OCK057079L OCK057083L
Driving your vehicle
545
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver’s door, engine
hood are not closed or the driver’s
seat belt is unfastened, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear on the LCD display. At this
moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver’s door,
engine hood and fastening the seat
belt.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-
dents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain
a safe distance between you and
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds
in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
• When driving with tire chains
installed
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has differ-
ent surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
responding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes.Press your brake pedal as
hard as possible or as hard as the sit-
uation allows the ABS to control the
force being delivered to the brakes.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
OCK057084L
555
Driving your vehicle
• Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
ficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake
system may result in a longer stop-
ping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional
brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal.If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-
cle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
you may have a problem with the
ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.
✽✽
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on at
the same time. This happens because
of low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
W-78
Driving your vehicle
565
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability control
(ESC) system is designed to stabi-
lize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to
lose traction. Even with ESC
installed, always follow all the normal
precautions for driving - including
driving at safe speeds for the condi-
tions.
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi-
tions.It is not a substitute for safe driv-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering
input can all affect whether ESC will be
effective in preventing a loss of control.
It is still your responsibility to drive and
corner at reasonable speeds and to
leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
✽✽
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehi-
cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.
OCK057151N
557
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF but-
ton for at least half a sec-
ond after turning the igni-
tion ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight tick-
ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in opera-
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operat-
ing properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehi-
cle. This is only the effect
of brake control and indi-
cates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the
mud or driving on a slip-
pery road, pressing the
accelerator pedal may not
cause the engine rpm
(revolutions per minute) to
increase.
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.
-
Driving your vehicle
585
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) short-
ly (ESC OFF indicator light (ESC OFF
) illuminates). At this state, the
engine control function does not oper-
ate.It means the traction control func-
tion does not operate. Brake control
function only operates.
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
more than 3 seconds.ESC OFF indi-
cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the engine con-
trol function and brake control func-
tion do not operate. It means the car
stability control function does not
operate any more.
Indicator light
When ignition switch is turned to ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off with
the button.
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
OCK057085L OCK057086L
559
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
WARNING - Electronic sta-
bility control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability
Control. It can only assist you in
maintaining control under cer-
tain circumstances.
WARNING - Operating
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF but-
ton while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
Driving your vehicle
605
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability
and steering responses when a vehi-
cle is driving on a slippery road or a
vehicle detects changes in coeffi-
cient of friction between right wheels
and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is in operation, ESC
indicator light ( ) blinks.
When the vehicle stability manage-
ment is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle
and/or abnormal steering responses
(EPS- Electronic Power Steering).
This is only the effect of brake and
EPS control and indicates nothing
unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
• Driving in reverse
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains on the instrument cluster
• EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
WARNING - Tire/
Wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying
tire or wheel sizes may diminish
any supplemental safety benefits
of the VSM system.
561
Driving your vehicle
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you don’t cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
Electric Power Steering system or
VSM system. If the ESC indicator
light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 13 mph (22
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) when a vehicle is braking on
a split-mu surface. A split-mu sur-
face is made of two surfaces which
have different friction forces.
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the respon-
sibility of the driver to always check
the speed and the distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with installed VSM. Always fol-
low all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the condi-
tions – including driving in clement
weather and on a slippery road.
✽✽
NOTICE
For maximum protection, always
wear your seat belt. No system, no
matter how advanced, can compen-
sate for all driver error and/or driv-
ing conditions. Always drive respon-
sibly.
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll
back on a steep hill when it starts to
go after stopping. The Hill-start
Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
vehicle from rolling back by applying
the brakes automatically for about 2
seconds. The brakes are released
when the accelerator pedal is
depressed or after about 2 seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is
starting off always depress the accel-
erator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
625
Good braking practices
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and the parking
brake indicator light is out before
driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at all
times.If the braking action does not
return to normal, stop as soon as it
is safe to do so and call an author-
ized Kia dealer for assistance.
• Don't coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear.This is extreme-
ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be danger-
ous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effective-
ness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down.When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
Automatic Transmission, don't let
your vehicle creep forward. To
avoid creeping forward, keep your
foot firmly on the brake pedal when
the vehicle is stopped.
WARNING - Maintaining
Brake Pressure on Incline
HAC does not replace the need
to apply brakes while stopped on
an incline. While stopped, make
sure you maintain brake pres-
sure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward
and causing an accident. Don’t
release the brake pedal until you
are ready to accelerate forward.
563
Driving your vehicle
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P (auto-
matic transmission). If your vehicle
is facing downhill, turn the front
wheels into the curb to help keep
the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the
curb to help keep the vehicle from
rolling. If there is no curb or if it is
required by other conditions to
keep the vehicle from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your park-
ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position.This is most like-
ly to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet.If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transmission) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on an
incline with the accelerator pedal.
This can cause the transmission to
overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
Driving your vehicle
645
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle ahead
or detect a pedestrian (if equipped)
in the roadway through radar signals
and camera recognition to warn the
driver that a collision is imminent,
and if necessary, apply emergency
braking.
✽✽
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using the forward collision-avoid-
ance assist (FCA):
• This system is only a supplemental
system and it is not intended to,
nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors
are limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accor-
dance with the road conditions or
while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. FCA does not stop
the vehicle completely and does
not avoid collisions.
System setting and activation
System setting
The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch to the ON
position and by selecting 'User
Settings', 'Driving Assist', and 'for-
ward collision-avoidance assist. The
FCA deactivates, when the driver
cancels the system setting.
WARNING - Forward
Collision-Avoidance assist
(FCA) Limitations
The FCA system is a supple-
mental system and is not a sub-
stitute for safe driving prac-
tices. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
speed and distance to the vehi-
cle ahead to ensure it is safety
to use the FCA system.
565
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illumi-
nates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the
ESC(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off (Traction & Stability control
disabled.). When the warning light
remains ON with the FCA activated,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User
Settings in the instrument cluster
LCD display. The options for the ini-
tial Forward Collision Warning
include the following:
• EARLY - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision Warning
is activated earlier than
normal. This setting maxi-
mizes the amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle
or pedestrian ahead before
the initial warning occurs.If
the ‘EARLY’ condition feels
too sensitive, change it into
‘NORMAL’. When the vehi-
cle ahead suddenly stops,
the warning may seem to
activate later even if the
‘EARLY’ condition was
selected.
• NORMAL - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision
Warning is activated nor-
mally.This setting allows
for a nominal amount of
distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian
ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
• LATE - When this condition is
selected, the initial Forward
Collision Warning is activat-
ed later than normal. This
setting reduces the amount
of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead
before the initial warning
occurs.Select this condition
only when traffic is light,
and you are driving slowly.
Driving your vehicle
665
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA will activate when the FCA
is selected on the LCD display, and
when the following prerequisites are
satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is activated.
- The driving speed is over 6 mph.
(The FCA only works within a cer-
tain range of vehicle speeds)
- When the FCA recognizes a vehi-
cle or the pedestrian in front. (The
FCA may not recognize every
obstacle or provide warnings and
braking in every situation, so do
not rely on the FCA to stop the
vehicle in instances where the driv-
er sees an obstacle and has the
ability to apply the brakes)
• The FCA automatically activates
upon placing the ignition switch to
the ON position. The driver can
deactivate the FCA by canceling the
swstem setting on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates
upon canceling the ESC.When the
ESC is cancelind, the FCA cannot
be activated on the LCD display.
The FCA warning light will illumi-
nate, but it does not indicate a mal-
function of the system.
• Set or cancel FCA with controlling
switches on steering wheel after
stopping the vehicle in the safe
place for your safety.
WARNING
To avoid driver distractions, do
not attempt to set or cancel the
FCA while operating the vehicle.
567
Driving your vehicle
FCA warning message and
system control
The FCA produces warning mes-
sages and warning alarms in accor-
dance with the collision risk levels of
followings like vehicle’s sudden brak-
ing in front or lack of vehicle to vehicle
distance or collision to pedestrians.
Also, it controls the brakes in accor-
dance with the collision risk levels.
Collision Warning (1st warning)
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA controls the brakes within
certain limit to release shock from
the collision.
Emergency braking (2nd warning)
• The warning message appears on
the LCD display with the warning
alarms.
• The FCA controls the brakes with-
in certain limit to release shock
from the collision.
The FCA controls the maximum
brakes just before the collision.
OCK057091L OCK057152L
Driving your vehicle
685
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the dri-
ver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the brake pedal,
or when the driver abruptly turns
the steering wheel.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly canceled, when risk factors dis-
appear.
The driver should always exercise
caution when operating the vehicle,
even though there is no warning
message or warning alarm.
✽✽
NOTICE
The FCA operates in accordance
with the risk levels, such as the dis-
tance from the vehicle/passer-by in
front, the speed of the vehicle/pass-
er-by in front, and the driver's vehi-
cle operation. For the system to acti-
vate, do not attempt risky driving.
FCA front radar / camera sensor
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor or sensor cover is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris. Dirt,
snow, or foreign substances on the
lens may adversely affect the sens-
ing performance of the sensor.
WARNING
Never rely solely on the FCA to
stop a collision the drive can It
is the driver's responsibility to
safely maneuver the vehicle
under all conditions.
OCK057023L
OCK057037L
569
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Do not install any accessories, such
as a license plate bracket or
bumper sticker near the sensor
area. Do not replace the bumper
by yourself. Doing so may adverse-
ly affect the sensing performance.
• Always keep the sensor/bumper
area clean.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly
pressurized water on the sensor
installed on the bumper.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the frontal sensor
area. When the sensor moves out
of the correct position due to
external force, the system may not
operate correctly even without the
warning light or message. In this
case, we recommend you to have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Use only the genuine Kia sensor
cover. Do not arbitrarily apply
paint on the sensor cover.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not tint the window or install
stickers, accessories around the
inside mirror where the camera is
installed.
• Make sure the frontal camera
installation point does not get wet.
• Do not impact or arbitrarily
remove any radar/camera compo-
nents.
• Do not place reflective
objects(white paper or mirror etc.)
on the crash pad. The system may
activate unnecessarily due to
reflect of the sunlight.
• Excessive audio volume may dis-
turb the sound of the system warn
ing alarm.
Warning message and warning
light
When the sensor cover or the sensor
lens is smudged with the foreign sub-
stances, such as snow or rain, the
FCA operation may temporarily stop.
In this case, the warning message
appears to warn the driver.
This is not a malfunction with the
FCA. To operate the FCA again,
remove the foreign substances.
OCK057093L
Driving your vehicle
705
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
System malfunction
• When the FCA is not working prop-
erly, the FCA warning light ( )
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few sec-
onds. After the message disap-
pears, the master warning light
( ) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC warning light.
OCK057094L
WARNING
The FCA is only a supplemental
system for the driver’s conven-
ience.
The driver still maintains
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on the FCA system. Rather,
maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and, if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
lower the driving speed.
571
Driving your vehicle
• The FCA may unnecessarily pro-
duce warning messages and warn-
ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim-
itation, the FCA may not produce
warning messages or warning
alarm at all.
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA, the braking control does
not operate upon detecting a colli-
sion risk even with other braking
systems normally operating.
• The FCA operates only for the
vehicle / pedestrian in front, while
driving forward. It does not operate
for any animals or vehicles in the
opposite direction.
• The FCA can not recognize cross-
traffic or parked vehicles present-
ing a sideprofile.
• If the vehicle in front stops sudden-
ly, you may have less control of the
brake system.
Therefore, always keep safe dis-
tance between your vehicle and
the vehicle in front of you.
• The FCA system may activate dur-
ing braking and the vehicle may
stop suddenly. And the load in the
vehicle may endanger passengers.
Therefore, always be mindful of the
load volume in the vehicle.
• The FCA system may not activate
if the driver applies the brake pedal
to avoid risk of collision.
• The FCA system does not operate
when the vehicle is in reverse. In
these cases, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce the driving speed in order
to maintain a safe dis tance.
• The regular braking function will
operate normally even if There is a
problem with the FCA brake control
system or other functions. In this
case, the braking control will not
operate in the risk of a collision.
• The FCA system may not activate
according to driving condition, traf-
fic on the road, weather, road con-
dition, etc.
• The FCA system may not activate
to all types of vehicles.
Driving your vehicle
725
Limitation of the system
The FCA is an assistant system for a
driver in a certain risky driving condi-
tion and it does not take every
responsibility for all risks from driving
condition.
The FCA monitors the driving situa-
tions through the radar and the cam-
era sensor. Thus, for a situation out
of the sensing range, the FCA may
not normally operate. The driver
should pay great caution in the fol-
lowing situations.The FCA operation
may be limited.
Recognizing vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
- The radar or the camera is con-
taminated with foreign substances.
- It heavily rains or snows.
- There is interruption by electric
waves.
- There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar.
- The vehicle in front has a narrow
body. (i.e. motor cycle and bicycle)
- The driver’s view is unclear due to
the backlight, the reflected light, or
darkness.
- The camera cannot contain the full
image of the vehicle in front.
- The vehicle in front is a special
vehicle, such as a heavily-loaded
truck or a trailer.
- The outside brightness is greatly
changed, such as entering/exiting
the tunnel.
- The vehicle driving is unstable.
- The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited.
- The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much back-
light that obscures the field of view)
- There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
- The vehicle in front is driving errat-
ically
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
- Backlight is reflected in the direc-
tion of the vehicle (including front
light from the vehicle ahead)
- Moisture on the windshield is not
completely removed or frozen.
- The weather is misty.
- The vehicle in front does not turn
ON the rear lights, does not have
rear lights, has asymmetric rear
lights, or has rear lights out of
angle.
- The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or roads
with sudden gradient changes.
573
Driving your vehicle
- The vehicle is moving under ground
level or inside a building.
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driv-
ing over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shaken,
- When driving around circular inter-
section after the vehicle in front,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, dam-
age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
er, insect, etc.)
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehi-
cle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the road
surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehi-
cles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- Driving on a curve
The FCA performance decreases
while driving on a curve. The FCA
may not recognize the vehicle in front
even in the same lane. It may unnec-
essarily produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm at all.
While driving on a curve, exercise
caution, and, if necessary, depress
the brake pedal.
OYG056042
Driving your vehicle
745
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may unnec-
essarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-
tem from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle. Always take a look
around the vehicle for your safety
before activating the FCA system.
- Driving on a slope
The FCA performance decreases
while driving upward or downward on
a slope, not recognizing the vehicle
in front in the same lane. It may
unnecessarily produce the warning
message and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
OYG056043
OCK057024
575
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, espe-
cially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly.In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
erges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
tem may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
OJF055028 OJF055029
Driving your vehicle
765
- Recognizing the vehicle
Detecting the vehicle in front of you If
the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, addi-
tional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
Recognizing pedestrians
The sensor may be limited when:
- The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
- The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the back-
ground, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recogni-
tion system
- The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
- There is an item similar to a per-
son's body structure
- The pedestrian is small
- The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
- The sensor recognition is limited
- It is difficult to detect and distin-
guish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians or a large crowd
- If a sudden change in the sensor
recognition takes place while driv-
ing over the speed bump,
- When the vehicle is severely shak-
en,
- When driving around circular inter-
section after the vehicle in front,
- If the front of the camera lens is
contaminated by front glass tinting,
film, water repellent coating, dam-
age on glass, foreign matter (stick-
er, insect, etc.)
OCK057025
577
Driving your vehicle
- The radar or camera or camera
lens is damaged.
- If the headlights of the vehicle are
not used at night or in the tunnel
section, or the light is too weak
- If street light or the light of the vehi-
cle coming from the opposite is
reflected or when sunlight is
reflected by the water on the road
surface
- When the back light is projected in
the direction of the vehicle's motion
(including the headlights of vehi-
cles)
- Road sign, shadow on the road,
tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial
pavement
- If the moist on the front windshield
is not entirely removed or it is
frozen
- The weather is foggy
- The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited.
✽✽
NOTICE
The system may temporarily cancel
due to the strong electric waves.
• Pay great caution to the vehicle in
front, when it has heavy loading
extended rearward, or when it has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed to
detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian in the
roadway through radar signals and
camera recognition. It is not
designed to detect bicycles, motor-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects
such as lug- gage bags, shopping
carts, or strollers.
• The FCA does not operate in a cer-
tain situation. Thus, never test-
operate the FCA against a person
or an object. It may cause a severe
injury or even death.
• When replacing or reinstalling the
windshield, front bumper or
radar/camera after removal, have
the vehicle inspected by a profes-
sional workshop. Kia recommends
to visit an authorized Kia
dealer/service partner.
WARNING - Testing the
FCA
The FCA does not operate in
certain situations. Thus, never
test-operate the FCA against a
person or an object. It may
cause a severe injury or even
death.
WARNING - FCA and
Towing
Cancel the FCA in the User
Settings on the LCD display,
before towing another vehicle.
While towing, the brake applica-
tion may adversely affect your
vehicle safety.
Driving your vehicle
785
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
• If the cruise control is left on,
(cruise indicator light is illuminat-
ed), the cruise control can be
switched on accidentally. Keep the
cruise control system off when the
cruise control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways
in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control when
it may not be safe to keep the vehi-
cle at a constant speed, for
instance, driving in heavy or vary-
ing traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy
or snow- covered) or winding roads
or over 6% up-hill or down-hill
roads.
• Pay particular attention to the driv-
ing conditions whenever using the
cruise control system.
• Be careful when driving downhill
using the cruise control system,
which may increase the vehicle
speed.
✽✽
NOTICE
• During normal cruise control oper-
ation, when the SET switch is acti-
vated or reactivated after applying
the brakes, the cruise control will
energize after approximately 3 sec-
onds. This delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
cruise control is in normal condi-
tion.
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNING
- Misuse of
Cruise Control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient dis-
tance to the vehicle in front.
OCK057027L
579
Driving your vehicle
To set cruise control speed:
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The CRUISE indicator light in
the instrument cluster will illumi-
nate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it at the desired speed.The
cruise indicator and set speed on
the LCD screen will illuminate.
Release the accelerator at the
same time. The desired speed will
automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going downhill.
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
hold it.Your vehicle will accelerate.
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+) and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 mph (1
km/h ) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.
OCK057033L
OCK057028L
OCK057034L
Driving your vehicle
805
To decrease the cruising
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
slow down.Release the lever at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Move the lever down (to SET-) and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 mph (1
km/h) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an
Automatic transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the set speed by 12 mph (20
km/h).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 15 mph (25
km/h).
OCK057033L OCK057031L
581
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (The set
speed on the LCD will disappear and
the CRUISE indicator will illuminate
continuously.), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, move the
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 20
mph (30 km/h):
If any method other than the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used
to cancel cruising speed and the sys-
tem is still activated, the most recent
set speed will automatically resume
when you move the lever up.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Press the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions will cancel the
cruise control operation. If you want
to resume the cruise control opera-
tion, repeat the steps provided in “To
set cruise control speed” on the pre-
vious page.
OCK057034L
OCK057028L
Driving your vehicle
825
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ Set speed
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
The smart cruise control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and dis-
tance detecting the vehicle ahead
without depressing the accelerator or
brake pedal.
WARNING
- Smart cruise control sys-
tem Inadvertent Activation
If the smart cruise control sys-
temis left on (CRUISE indicator
in the instrument cluster illumi-
nated), it can be activated inad-
vertently. Keep the smart cruise
control systemsystem off
(CRUISE indicator turn off)
when the smart cruise control
systemis not in use to avoid
setting a speed which the driver
is not aware of.
WARNING
- Smart cruise control sys-
tem Limitations
• The smart cruise control sys-
temis a supplemental system
and is not a substitute for safe
driving practices. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Use the smart cruise control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the smart cruise
control when it may not be
safe to keep the car at a con-
stant speed. For instance.
- Highway interchange and
tollgate
- Road surrounded by abnor-
mally multiple steel con-
structions (subway con-
struction, steel tunnel, etc)
(Continued)
OCK057097N
583
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
- Parking lot
- Lanes beside guard rail on a
road
- Slippery road with rain, ice,
or snow covered
- Abrupt curved road
- Steep hills
- Windy roads
- Off roads
- Roads under construction
- Rumble strip
- When driving near crash
barriers
- When driving on a sharp
curve
- When the vehicle sensing
ability decreases due to
vehicle modification result-
ing level difference of the
vehicle's front and rear
(Continued)
(Continued)
- When driving in heavy traffic
or when traffic conditions
make it difficult to drive at a
constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow covered roads
- When driving with limited
view (possibly due to bad
weather, such as fog, snow,
rain or sandstorm)
• The smart cruise control sys-
temsystem cannot recognize
a stopped vehicle, pedestri-
ans or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the smart cruise control
system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Be careful when driving
downhill using the SCC.
• Limited visibility (rain, snow,
smog, etc.)
• Cruise function should not be
used when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent any
damage.
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
• Unexpected situations may
lead to possible accidents.
Pay attention continuously to
road conditions and driving
even when the smart cruise
control system is being oper-
ated.
Driving your vehicle
845
Smart cruise control switch
O : Cancels cruise control operation.
:Turns cruise control system on
or off.
RES + : Resumes or increases
cruise control speed.
SET - : Sets or decreases cruise
control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Speed setting
(smart cruise control system)
To set Smart Cruise Control Speed:
1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn
the system on. The CRUISE indi-
cator in the instrument cluster will
illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
• 20 mph (30 km/h) ~ 120 mph
(200 km/h) : when there is no
vehicle in front
• 0 mph (0 km/h) ~ 120 mph (200
km/h) : when there is a vehicle in
front
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired
speed. The set speed and vehicle
to vehicle distance on the LCD
screen will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati-
cally be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
OCK057033L
OCK057028L
585
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
ownward slope.
The speed will be set to 20 mph
when there is a vehicle ahead and
your vehicle speed is 0 ~ 20 mph.
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and
release it immediately.The cruising
speed will increase by 1 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the
lever up (to RES+) in this manner.
• smart cruise control system will
operate to a maximum setting of 120
mph (200 km/h). However all local
speed limit laws must be followed.
To decrease the cruise control
set speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the lever at the speed you
want.
• Move the lever down (to SET-), and
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 1 mph (1.0
km/h) each time you move the lever
down (to SET-) in this manner.
• You can set the cruise control to
above 20 mph (30 km/h).
OCK057034L OCK057033L
Driving your vehicle
865
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising
speed will be set again.
✽✽
NOTICE
Be careful when accelerating tem-
porarily, because the speed is not
regulated automatically at this time
even if there is a vehicle in front of
you.
Smart cruise control system will
be temporarily canceled when:
Cancelled manually
The smart cruise control systemis
temporarily canceled when the brake
pedal is depressed or the CANCEL
button is pressed. The speed and
vehicle to vehicle distance indicator
on the cluster will disappear and the
CRUISE indicator is illuminated con-
tinuously.
Cancelled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P(Parking).
• The EPB (electronic parking brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph
(210 km/h)
• The ESC, ABS or TCS is operat-
ing.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• When the vehicle is stopped for
over 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the lever up (RES +) or down
(SET -) or depressing the acceler-
ator pedal approximately 3 sec-
onds after the vehicle is stopped by
the smart cruise control
systemSystem with no other vehi-
cle ahead or a vehicle stopped far
away in front.
• The engine speed is in dangerous
range.
OCK057035N
587
Driving your vehicle
• The smart cruise control system
has malfunctioned.
• The accelerator pedal is continu-
ously depressed for long time.
• When activating the ISG mode.
• When the braking control is operat-
ed for Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist(FCA)
• The vehicle is stopped for more
than 5 minutes.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after the vehicle is
stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other vehi-
cle ahead.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• When the parking brake is locked.
• Engine has some problems.
Each of these actions will cancel the
smart cruise control system opera-
tion. (The set speed and vehicle-to-
vehicle distance on the LCD display
will go off.)
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled automatically, the smart
cruise control system will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- lever is moved.
If the smart cruise control system is
cancelled by a reason not men-
tioned, have the system checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the system is automatically can-
celled, the warning chime will sound
and a message will appear for a few
seconds. You must adjust the vehicle
speed by depressing the accelerator
or brake pedal according to the road
conditions ahead and driving condi-
tion. Always check the road condi-
tions. Do not rely on the warning
chime.
OCK057098L
Driving your vehicle
885
To resume cruise control set
speed:
If any method other than the
CRUISE button was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
move the lever up/down (to RES+ or
SET-).
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will only resume below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)
when a vehicle is in the front.
To turn cruise control off:
Press the CRUISE button. (the
CRUISE indicator in the instrument
cluster will go off).
When the Smart Cruise Control
System is not needed, press the
[CRUISE] switch and deactivate the
system.
WARNING - Following
Distance
• To avoid collisions, always be
aware of the selected speed
and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance settings when activat-
ing your smart cruise control
system.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
OCK057028L
OCK057034L
589
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle to vehicle distance
setting (Smart cruise control
system)
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
This function allows you to program
the vehicle to maintain relative dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal.
The vehicle to vehicle distance will
automatically activate when the
smart cruise control system is on.
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance is maintained
as follows;
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
(40 m)
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
(25 m)
✽✽
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set dis-
tance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
OCK057036L
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
Driving your vehicle
905
When the lane ahead is clear :
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane :
OCK057102N
OCK057103N
OCK057105N
OCK057104N
OCK057106N
591
Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle will maintain the set
speed, when the lane ahead is
clear.
• The vehicle will slow down or
speed up within selected speed to
maintain the selected distance,
when there is a vehicle ahead of
you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in
the LCD display only when there is
an actual vehicle in front of you)
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the selected speed.
• The warning chime sounds and
LCD display blinks if it is hard to
maintain the selected distance to
the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
• Even if the warning chime is not acti-
vated, always pay attention to the
driving conditions to prevent danger-
ous situations from occurring.
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed:
less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) moves
to the next lane, the warning chime
will sound and a message will
appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for vehi-
cles or objects that can suddenly
appear in front of you by depressing
the brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
In heavy traffic
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
to start driving.
OCK057107L
OCK057108L
Driving your vehicle
925
• If you push the smart cruise control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and smart cruise control
is operating the Auto Hold will be
released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation and the vehicle will
start to move. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white. (if equipped with EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake))
Radar to detect distance to the
vehicle ahead
The sensor detects distance to the
vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Radar check message
When the sensor lens cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart
Cruise Control System operation may
stop temporarily.If this occurs, a warn-
ing message will appear on the LCD
display. Remove any dirt, snow, or
debris and clean the radar sensor lens
cover before operating the Smart
Cruise Control System. The Smart
Cruise Control system may not prop-
erly activate, if the radar is totally con-
taminated, or if any substance is not
detected after turning ON the engine
(e.g. in an open terrain).
OCK057023L
OCK057109L
593
Driving your vehicle
Smart cruise control system mal-
function message
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
• Always keep the sensor and
bumper clean.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle.
• Do not install accessories around
the sensor and do not replace the
bumper by yourself.It may interfere
with the sensor performance.
• Impact damage to the sensor or
sensor area may cause the sensor
to move slightly off position and
result in the smart cruise control
system not operating correctly
without any warning or indicator
from the cluster.If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer as soon as possi-
ble.
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle. Do not paint
anything on the sensor cover.
• If the front bumper becomes dam-
aged in the area around the radar
sensor, the Smart Cruise Control
System may not operate properly.
CAUTION - Sensor
Damage
To prevent sensor cover dam-
age from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
OCK057110L
Driving your vehicle
945
To adjust the sensitivity of
smart cruise control system
The sensitivity of vehicle speed when
following the front vehicle to maintain
the set distance can be adjusted. Go
to the User Settings Mode (Driving
Assist) and select SCC (Smart
Cruise Control). You may select one
of the three stages you prefer.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
✽✽
NOTICE
The system remembers the last
selected mode.
To convert to cruise control
mode:
The driver may choose to only use
the cruise control mode (speed con-
trol function) by doing as follows:
1.Turn the smart cruise control sys-
tem on (the cruise indicator light
will be on but the system will not be
activated).
2.Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When using the cruise control mode,
you must manually assess the dis-
tance to other vehicles as the system
will not automatically brake to slow
down for other vehicles.
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
OCK057101L
OCK057100L
595
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the system
The smart cruise control system may
have limits to its ability to detect dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
• On curves, the smart cruise control
system may not detect a moving
vehicle in your lane, and then your
vehicle could accelerate to the set
speed. Also, the vehicle speed will
rapidly slow down when the vehicle
ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
• Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition. Apply
the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the smart
cruise control system.
OYG056043
OYG056042
Driving your vehicle
965
On inclines
• During uphill or downhill driving, the
smart cruise control system may
not detect a moving vehicle in your
lane, and cause your vehicle to
accelerate to the set speed. Also,
the vehicle speed will rapidly slow
down when the vehicle ahead is
recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead.
Lane changing
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The sensor may not detect imme-
diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to main-
tain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OYG056045OCK057024
597
Driving your vehicle
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
ed, drive with caution.
Vehicle recognition
Some vehicles ahead in your lane
cannot be recognized by the sensor
as follows:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-
nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
liftgate
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal accord-
ing to the road condition ahead and
driving condition.
OYG056046
OYG056047
Driving your vehicle
985
• When vehicles are at a standstill
and the vehicle in front of you
changes to the next lane, be care-
ful when your vehicle starts to
move because it may not recognize
the stopped vehicle in front of you.
In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
that are taller with higher clear-
ance, or vehicles carrying loads
that stick out of the back of the
vehicle.
OJF055050 OCK057025OYG056048
599
Driving your vehicle
- After an engine start, please stop
for several seconds. If system ini-
tialization is not completed, the
smart cruise control system does
not normally operate.
- After an engine start, if any objects
are not detected or the sensor
cover is obscured with foreign sub-
stances, there is a possibility that
the smart cruise control system
system may not work.
- The following conditions may
cause a malfunction: over-loading
the liftgate, suspension modifica-
tion, tire replacement with unau-
thorized tires or tires with different
tread wear and pressure levels.
- The smart cruise control system
cannot guarantee the stop for
every emergency situation.
If an emergency stop is necessary,
you must apply the brakes.
- Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed.
If the vehicle to vehicle distance is
too close during a high-speed driv-
ing, a serious collision may result.
WARNING - Inclines &
Towing
Do not use smart cruise control
system on steep inclines or
when towing another vehicle or
trailer since such extreme load-
ing can interfere with your vehi-
cle's ability to maintain the
selected speed.
WARNING
- Safe Use of smart cruise
control system
The smart cruise control system
can provide you with an addition-
al level of safety and fatigue
reduction. However you must
maintain careful observation of
the roadway in front and around
you and maintain control of your
vehicle and spacing around
other vehicles as you normally
would. For example, this will
require you to apply the brakes
as needed when coming upon a
slower moving vehicle,or when a
vehicle from another lane drives
quickly in front of you.
Driving your vehicle
1005
- The smart cruise control system
cannot recognize a stopped vehi-
cle, pedestrians or an oncoming
vehicle. Always look ahead cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected and
suddensituations from occurring.
- When other vehicles are changing
lanes in front of you frequently, the
smart cruise control system may
not operate appropriately. Always
look ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
- The smart cruise control system is
not a substitute for safedriving
practices but a convenience func-
tion only. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always check the
speed and the distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
- Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tance.
- Always maintain sufficient braking
distance and decelerate your vehi-
cle by applying the brakes if neces-
sary.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
Radio frequency radiation expo-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 20 cm between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
5101
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle may be equipped with
the ISG system, which reduces fuel
consumption by automatically shut-
ting down the engine, when the vehi-
cle is at a standstill. (For example :
red light, stop sign and traffic jam)
The engine starts automatically as
soon as the starting conditions are
met.
The ISG system is ON whenever the
engine is running.
✽✽
NOTICE
When the engine automatically
starts by the ISG system, some
warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC
OFF, EPS or Parking brake warn-
ing light) may turn on for a few sec-
onds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
has malfunctioned.
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop
mode
Stop the vehicle completely by
pressing the brake pedal and the
shift lever is in the D(Drive) or
N(Neutral) position
The engine will stop and the green
AUTO STOP( ) indicator on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you open the engine hood in auto
stop mode, the following will hap-
pen:
• The ISG system will deactivate
(the light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate).
• A message will appear on the LCD
display.
(Continued)
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM
OCK057144
OCK057095L
Driving your vehicle
1025
(Continued)
• If you move the transmission lever
from N to D (manual mode) or R
without depressing the brake
pedal after stopping engine auto-
matically, the engine does not
restart automatically and warning
chime alarms. When it happens,
press brake pedal for auto start.
Auto start
To restart the engine from idle
stop mode
• Release the brake pedal.
or
• Move the shift gear to the R
(Reverse) position or the manual
mode while depressing the brake
pedal.
The engine will start and the green
AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on the
instrument cluster will go out.
The engine will also restart auto-
matically without the driver’s any
actions if the following occurs:
- The fan speed of manual climate
control system is set above the 3rd
position when the air conditioning is
on.
- The fan speed of automatic climate
control system is set above the 6th
position when the air conditioning is
on.
- When a certain amount of time has
passed with the climate control sys-
tem on.
- When the defroster is on.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
- The battery charging status is low.
- The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph
(1 km/h).
- Engine is turned off by Auto Stop
for a long time.
- If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door while depressing
the brake pedal.
OCK057096L
OCK057145
5103
Driving your vehicle
Condition of ISG system oper-
ation
The ISG system will operate
under the following condition:
- The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
- The driver’s door and engine hood
are closed.
- The brake vacuum pressure is ade-
quate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is between
-10°C to 35°C (14°F to 95°F).
- The engine coolant temperature is
not too low.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the ISG system does not meet
the operation condition, the ISG
system is deactivated. The light on
the ISG OFF button will illumi-
nate and a message “Auto Stop
conditions not met” will appear on
the LCD display.
• If the light or notice comes on con-
tinuously, please check the opera-
tion condition.
ISG system deactivation
• If you wish to deactivate the ISG
system, press the ISG OFF button
(1). The light on the ISG OFF but-
ton will illuminate.
• If you press the ISG OFF button
again, the system will be activated
and the light on the ISG OFF but-
ton will turn off.
OCK057026N
Driving your vehicle
1045
ISG system malfunction
The system may not operate when:
The ISG related sensors or system
error occurs.
The following will happen:
• The yellow AUTO STOP ( ) indi-
cator on the instrument cluster will
stay on after blinking for 5 seconds.
• The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the ISG OFF button light is not
turned off by pressing the ISG
OFF button again or if the ISG
system continuously does not
work correctly, have your vehicle
inspected by a professional work-
shop as soon as possible.
Kia recommends to contact an
authorized Kia dealer/service
partner.
• When the ISG OFF button light
comes on, it may stop illuminating
after driving your vehicle at
approximately 80 km/h for a max-
imum of two hours and setting the
fan speed control knob below the
2nd position. If the ISG OFF but-
ton light continues to be illuminat-
ed in spite of the procedure, have
your vehicle inspected by a profes-
sional workshop as soon as possi-
ble. Kia recommends to contact an
authorized Kia dealer/service
partner.
When the engine is in Idle Stop
mode, it's possible to restart the
engine without the driver taking any
action. Before leaving the car or
doing anything in the engine room
area, stop the engine by turning the
ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF
position or removing the ignition key.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the AGM battery is reconnected
or replaced, ISG function will not
operate immediately.
If you want to use the ISG function,
the battery sensor needs to be cali-
brated for approximately 4 hours
with the ignition off and then, turn
the engine on and off 2 or 3 times.
OCK057144
5105
Driving your vehicle
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is turned.
• SMART mode : SMART mode
automatically adjusts the driving
mode (ECO " COMFORT "
SPORT) in accordance with the
driver's driving habits.
• COMFORT mode : COMFORT
mode provides soft driving and
comfortable riding.
• SPORT/CUSTOM mode : SPORT
mode provides sporty but firm rid-
ing.
• ECO mode : ECO mode improves
fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driv-
ing.
If it is in ECO mode, ECO mode will
be set when the engine is restarted.
(However, if it is in SMART/COM-
FORT/SPORT/CUSTOM mode, the
driving mode will be set to COM-
FORT mode when the engine is
restarted.)
SMART mode
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM
OCK057044N
OCK057046L
OCK057045L
OCK057047L
Driving your vehicle
1065
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT
and SPORT by judging
the driver's driving habits
(i.e. mild or dynamic)
from the brake pedal
depression or the steer-
ing wheel operation.
• Press the DRIVE MODE button to
activate SMART mode. When
SMART mode is activated, the
indicator illuminates on the instru-
ment cluster.
• The indicator illuminates in blue,
when the driver's driving is catego-
rized to be mild. It illuminates in
white, when the driver's driving is
categorized to be normal. It illumi-
nates in red, when the driver's driv-
ing is categorized to be dynamic
during abrupt braking or sharp
curving.
• The vehicle starts in COMFORT
mode, when the engine was turned
OFF in SMART mode.
• SMART mode automatically con-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, riding quality (if equipped
with the electronic suspension sys-
tem), and power distribution (if
equipped with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system), in accordance with
the driver's driving habits.
✽✽
NOTICE
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving
mode changes to ECO mode to
improve fuel efficiency. However,
the actual fuel efficiency may dif-
fer in accordance with your driv-
ing situations (i.e. upward/down-
ward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by
abruptly decelerating or sharply
curving, the driving mode changes
to SPORT mode. However, it may
adversely affect fuel economy.
SMART
5107
Driving your vehicle
Various driving situations, which you
may encounter in SMART mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer-
tain period of time, when you gen-
tly depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
mild.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving pat-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer-
tain angle. The driving mode auto-
matically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be sporty.). In this mode, your
vehicle drives in a lower gear for
abrupt accelerating/decelerating
and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
brake performance, even when you
release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains to
be in a lower gear over a certain
period of time for next acceleration.
Thus, it is a normal driving situa-
tion, not indicating any malfunc-
tion.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations.(The OFF indica-
tor illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the
shift lever : It deactivates SMART
mode. The vehicle drives, as the
driver manually moves the shift
lever.
• The cruise control is activated :
The cruise system may deactivate
the SMART mode. When a higher
system is set by the cruise system,
it starts to control vehicle speed
and deactivates SMART mode.
(SMART mode is not deactivated
just by activing the cruise system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high : The SMART mode can be
active in most of the normal driving
situations. However, an extremely
high/ low transmission oil tempera-
ture may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the trans-
mission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
Driving your vehicle
1085
SPORT/CUSTOM mode
SPORT/CUSTOM mode
manages the driving
dynamics by automati-
cally adjusting the steer-
ing effort, and the
engine and transmission
control logic for
enhanced driver per-
formance.
• When SPORT/CUSTOM mode is
selected by pressing the DRIVE
MODE button, the SPORT/CUS-
TOM indicator (orange color) will
illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT/CUS-
TOM mode is desired, re-select
SPORT/CUSTOM mode from the
DRIVE MODE button.
• When SPORT/CUSTOM mode is
activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain raised over a certain
length of time even after releas-
ing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when accel-
erating
• When CUSTOM is selected, ESC off
indicator lights up (ESC off state 1)
✽✽
NOTICE
In SPORT/CUSTOM mode, the fuel
efficiency may decrease.
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is
set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the ECO indicator (green color) will
illuminate.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned OFF
and restarted the Drive Mode set-
ting will remain in ECO mode.
✽✽
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the dri-
ver's driving habit and road condi-
tion.
ECO
SPORT
CUSTOM
5109
Driving your vehicle
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti-
vated to improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in manual mode.
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
Driving your vehicle
1105
The Lane Keeping Assist System
detects the lane markers on the road
with a front view camera at the front
windshield, and assists the driver’s
steering to help keep the vehicle in
the lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and audible warn-
ing, while applying a slight counter-
steering torque, trying to prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Driver is responsible for being
aware of surroundings and steer-
ing the vehicle for safe driving
practices.
• LKA SYSTEM helps prevent the
driver from moving out of the lane
unintentionally by assisting the
driver’s steering. However, the
system is just a convenience func-
tion and the steering wheel is not
always controlled. While driving,
the driver should pay attention to
the steering wheel.
• The operation of the LKA SYS-
TEM can be cancelled or not work
properly according to road condi-
tion and surroundings. Always be
cautious when driving.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Do not turn the steering wheel
suddenly when the vehicle is
being directed by the LKA sys-
tem. This can result in a sudden
loss of control and crash of the
vehicle.
OCK057037L
OCK057170L
5111
Driving your vehicle
• Do not disassemble a front view
camera temporarily for tinted win-
dow or attaching any types of coat-
ings and accessories. If you disas-
semble the camera and assemble
it again, take your vehicle to an
authorized Kia dealer and have the
system checked to need a calibra-
tion.
• When you replace the windshield
glass, front view camera or related
parts of the steering, take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer
and have the system checked to
need a calibration.
• The system detects lane markers
and controls the steering wheel by
a front view camera, therefore, if
the lane markers are hard to
detect, the system may not work
properly. Always be cautious when
using the system.
• When the lane markers are hard to
detect, please refer to “Driver’s
Attention”.
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA SYSTEM.
• Do not place objects on the crash
pad that reflects light such as mir-
rors, white paper, etc. it may cause
malfunction of LKA SYSTEM if the
sunlight is reflected.
• You may not hear warning sound of
LKA SYSTEM because of the
excessive audio sound.
• If you continue to drive with your
hands off the steering wheel, the
LKA SYSTEM will stop controlling
the steering wheel after the hands
off alarm. After then, if you drive
with your hands on the steering
wheel, the control will be activated
again.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the vehicle speed is high, steer-
ing torque for assistance will not
be enough to keep your vehicle
within the lane. If so, the vehicle
may move out of its lane. Obey
speed limit when using LKA SYS-
TEM.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, the system may not
assist steering.
• If you attach objects to the steer-
ing wheel, hands off alarm may
not work properly.
Driving your vehicle
1125
LKA SYSTEM operation
To activate/deactivate the LKA SYS-
TEM:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LKA SYSTEM
button located on the instrument
panel on the lower left hand side of
the driver.
The indicator in the cluster display
will initially illuminate white.
When the indicator (white) activated
in the previous ignition cycle, the
system turns on without any control.
If you press the LKA SYSTEM button
again, the indicator on the cluster
display will go off.
The color of indicator will change
depend on the condition of LKA
SYSTEM.
- White : Sensor does not detect the
lane marker or vehicle
speed is less than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects the lane
marker and system is able
to control the steering.
LKA SYSTEM activation
• To see the LKA SYSTEM screen
on the LCD display in the cluster,
Tab to the Assist mode ( ).
• For further details, refer to [menu
settings] in chapter 4, [crash pad].
• After LKA SYSTEM is activated, if
both lane markers are detected,
vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h) and all the activation condi-
tions are satisfied, a green steering
wheel indicator will illuminate and
the steering wheel will be controlled.
OCK057038N
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always check the road con-
ditions when driving.
5113
Driving your vehicle
• If the speed of the vehicle is over
40 mph (64 km/h) and the system
detects lane markers, the color
changes from gray to white.
When the conditions below are met,
LKA SYSTEM will be enable to
assist steering.
• Vehicle speed is above 40 mph (64
km/h).
• Both lane markers are detected by
LKA SYSTEM.
• The vehicle is between the lane
markers.
If LKA SYSTEM can assist steering,
a green steering wheel indicator will
illuminate.
Warning
• If the vehicle leaves a lane, the
lane marker you cross will blink on
the LCD display.
OCK057116L
OCK057117L
OCK057118L
OCK057119L
Driving your vehicle
1145
• If the vehicle moves out its lane
because steering torque for assis-
tance is not enough, the line indi-
cator of deviation direction will
blink.
• If all the conditions to activate LKA
SYSTEM are not satisfied, the sys-
tem will convert to LDW system
(Lane Departure Warning) and
warn the driver only when the driv-
er crosses the lane lines.
If the driver takes hands off the steer-
ing wheel for several seconds while
the LKA is activated, the system will
warn the driver.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The warning message may appear
late according to road conditions.
Therefore, always have your
hands on the steering wheel while
driving.
• If you hold the steering wheel
lightly, the system would generate
hands off warning because LKAS
can treat the situation as you do
not grab the wheel.
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after
several seconds, the system will not
control the steering wheel and warn
the driver only when the driver cross-
es the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the steering
wheel.
OCK057122L
OCK057124L
5115
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
• Even though the steering is assist-
ed by the system, the driver may
control the steering.
• The steering wheel may feel heav-
ier when the steering wheel is
assisted by the system than when it
is not.
The system will be cancelled when:
• You change lanes with the turn sig-
nal.
- Using the turn signal to change
lanes.
- If you change lanes without the
turn signal on, the steering wheel
might be controlled.
• LKA SYSTEM can transit to steer-
ing assist mode when the car is
near to middle of the lane after sys-
tem on or the lane was changed.
LKA SYSTEM can not assist steer-
ing if the vehicle follows lane mark-
er too close continuously before
transition to steering assist mode.
• The control of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is activated.
• The steering will not be assisted
when your drive fast on a sharp
curve.
• The steering will not be assisted
when vehicle speed is below 40
mph (64 km/h) and over 110 mph
(180 km/h).
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Even though the steering is
assisted by the system, the
driver may control the steer-
ing wheel.
• Turn off the system and drive
the vehicle in below situa-
tions.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
• The steering wheel may feel
heavier when the steering
wheel is assisted by the sys-
tem than when it is not.
Driving your vehicle
1165
• The steering will not be assisted
when you change lanes fast.
• The steering will not be assisted
when you brake suddenly.
• The steering will not be assisted
when the lane is very wide or nar-
row.
• The steering will not be assisted
when only one side lane marker is
detected.
• There are more than two lane
markers such as a construction
area.
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• When you turn steering wheel sud-
denly, the LKA SYSTEM will be
disabled temporarily.
• Driving on a steep slope or hill.
DRIVER’S ATTENTION
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations may not work
properly when recognition of the
lane marker is poor or limited :
When lane and road condition is
poor
- It is difficult to distinguish the
lane marker from road when the
lane marker is covered with dust
or sand.
- It is difficult to distinguish the
color of the lane marker from
road.
- There is something looks like a
lane marker.
- The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
- The number of lanes increases/
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing (Driving through a toll
plaza/toll gate, merged/divided
lane).
- There are more than two lane
markers.
- The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
- The lane marker is not visible
due to snow, rain, stain, a puddle
or other factors.
- A shadow is on the lane marker
because of a median strip,
guardrail, noise barriers and
others.
- When the lane markers are com-
plicated or a structure substi-
tutes for the lines such as a
construction area.
- There are crosswalk signs or
other symbols on the road.
- The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
- The lane marker in a tunnel is
covered with dirt or oil and etc.
5117
Driving your vehicle
When external condition is inter-
vened
- The brightness of outside
changes suddenly when enter-
ing/existing a tunnel or passing
under a bridge.
- The headlamps are not on at
night or in a tunnel, or light level
is low.
- There is a boundary structure in
the roadway.
- The light of street, sun, oncom-
ing vehicle and so on reflects
from the water on the road.
- When light shines brightly in the
reverse direction you drive.
- The distance from the vehicle
ahead is very short or the vehi-
cle ahead drives hiding the lane
line.
- You drive on a steep grade or a
sharp curve.
- The vehicle vibrates heavily.
- The temperature near inside mir-
ror is very high due to direct sun
light and etc.
When front visibility is poor
- The lens or windshield is cov-
ered by strange materials.
- The sensor cannot detect the
lane because of fog, heavy rain
or snow.
- The windshield is fogged by
humid air in the vehicle.
- Putting something on the crash
pad and etc.
LKA system malfunction
• If there is a problem with the sys-
tem a message will appear. If the
problem continues the LKA system
fail indicator will illuminate.
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist
System is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always take the necessary
actions for safe driving prac-
tices.
OCK057126L
Driving your vehicle
1185
LKA system fail indicator
The LKA system fail indicator (yel-
low) will illuminate with an audible
warning if the LKA system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
When there is a problem with the sys-
tem do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens
If the problem is not solved, have the
system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
LKA SYSTEM Function
Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning System (LDW
system) or change the LKA SYSTEM
mode between Standard LKA and
Active LKA from the User Settings
Mode on the LCD display.
The driver can choose them by plac-
ing the ignition switch to the ON posi-
tion and by selecting ‘User Settings’,
‘Driving Assist’, and ‘Lane Keeping
Assist’.
The system is automatically set to
Standard LKA.
5119
Driving your vehicle
Lane Departure
LDWS alerts the driver with a visual
and acoustic warning when the sys-
tem detects the vehicle leaving the
lane.In this mode, the steering wheel
will not be controlled.When the vehi-
cle’s front wheel contacts the inside
edge of lane line, LKA SYSTEM
issues the lane departure warning.
Standard LKA
The Standard LKA mode guides the
driver to keep the vehicle within the
lanes. It rarely controls the steering
wheel, when the vehicle drives well
inside the lanes. However, it starts to
control the steering wheel, when the
vehicle is about to deviate from the
lanes.
Active LKA
The active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the Standard LKA
mode.Active LKA can reduce the dri-
ver’s fatigue to assist the steering for
maintaining the vehicle in the middle
of the lane.
Driving your vehicle
1205
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
a indicator on the outside rearview
mirrors
(1)Blind spot area
The BCW range varies relative to
vehicle speed. Note that if your
vehicle is traveling much faster
than the vehicles around you, the
warning will not occur.
(2)Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehi-
cle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed.If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert. Distance
from approaching vehicle can be
seen differently according to the
relative speed.
(3)RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If
oncoming cross traffic is detected
a warning chime will sound.
Distance from approaching vehi-
cle can be seen differently
according to the relative speed.
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
OYG056141L
5121
Driving your vehicle
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning)
Operating conditions
The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) switch is
pressed with the engine start/stop
Button ON.
If vehicle speed exceeds 20 mph
(30 km/h), the system will activate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
If the vehicle is turned off, the system
will remember the last settings upon
restart.
When the system is not used turn the
system off by turning off the switch.
When the system is turned on the
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-
onds on the outside rearview mirror.
OCK057049N
WARNING
- BCW Limitations
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System (BCW) is a
supplemental system. Do not
solely rely on the system and
always pay attention to drive
safely.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System may not
detect every object alongside
the vehicle and is not a sub-
stitute for proper and safe
lane changing procedures.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes.
Driving your vehicle
1225
Warning type
The system will activate when:
1.The system is on.
2.Vehicle speed is above 20 mph
(30 km/h).
3. Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side.
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror.
If the detected vehicle is not in
detecting range, the warning will turn
off.
The second stage alarm will activate
when:
1.The first stage alert is on
2.The turn signal is on to change a
lane
When the second stage alert is acti-
vated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror and an alarm
will sound.
If you move the turn signal switch to
the original position, the second
stage alert will be deactivated.
OUM054029
2nd stage
OUM054028
1st stage
WARNING
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
is not a substitute for proper and
safe lane changing procedures.
Always drive safely and use cau-
tion when changing lanes. The
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
System may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
5123
Driving your vehicle
- The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
• To activate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driving Assist and select “BCW”on
the LCD display.
• To deactivate the alarm:
Go to the User Settings Mode →
Driving Assist and deselect “BCW”
on the LCD display.
✽✽
NOTICE
The alarm function helps alert the
driver. Deactivate this function only
when it is necessary
Detecting sensor
The sensors are located inside of the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the system to work properly.
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
When your vehicle moves backwards
from a parking position, the sensor
detects approaching vehicles to the
left or right side direction and gives
information to the driver.
OCK057051L
OYG056140
Driving your vehicle
1245
Operating conditions
• Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) in “User
Settings” under “Driving Assist” on
the instrument cluster. The system
will turn on and standby to activate.
• Select RCCW again, to turn the
system off.
• If the vehicle is turned off, the
RCCW system will remember the
last settings upon restart. Always
turn the RCCW system off when
not in use.
• The system operates when the
vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10km/h) with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
• The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning) detecting range
is 1.6 feet ~ 65 feet based on the
side direction. If the approaching
vehicle speed is
2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 22 mph (36
km/h) within sensing range, it is
detected. However, the system
sensing range can vary based on
conditions. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
Warning type
• If the vehicle detected by sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warn-
ing chime will sound and the warn-
ing light will blink on the outside
rearview mirror.
• If the detected vehicle is out of
detection range, moving away in the
opposite direction or moving slow,
or if the vehicle is right behind your
vehicle, if the direction of the other
vehicle is not heading towards your
vehicle, the warning is cancelled.
• The system may not operate prop-
erly due to other factors or circum-
stances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
OCK057048
OYG056144L
OCK057050
5125
Driving your vehicle
❈ If your vehicle's left or right side
bumper is blinded by a barrier or
vehicles, the system sensing abili-
ty may be deteriorated.
✽✽
NOTICE
• The system may not work proper-
ly if the bumper has been replaced
or if repair work has been done
near the sensor.
• The detection area differs accord-
ing to the road's width. If the road
is narrow the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• If the road is very wide the system
may not detect other vehicles.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic interfer-
ence.
WARNING
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning System and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning is not a substitute for
proper and safe lane chang-
ing procedures. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes. The Blind-
Spot Collision Warning
System may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When the BCW system is
being activated, The warning
light on the outside rearview
mirror will illuminate whenev-
er a vehicle is detected at the
rear side by the system. To
avoid accidents, do not focus
only on the warning light and
neglect to see the surround-
ing of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a BCW
(Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
system. Do not solely rely on
the system but check for your-
self before changing lanes.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check the surround-
ings while driving.
Driving your vehicle
1265
Warning message
The message will appear to notify
the driver if there are foreign sub-
stances on the surface or inside the
rear bumper or it is hot near the rear
bumper. The light on the switch and
the system will be turned off auto-
matically.
Remove the foreign substance on
the rear bumper.
After the foreign substance is
removed, if you drive for approxi-
mately 10 minutes, the system will
work normally.
If the system does not work normally
even though the foreign substance,
trailer or carrier, or other equipment
is removed, take your vehicle to a
professional workshop and have the
system checked. Kia recommends to
visit an authorized Kia dealer/service
partner.
It is possible to get the message with
no foreign substance on the rear
bumper, for example, when driving in
sparse rural or open area, such as
desert, where there is insufficient
data for operation.
This message may also activate dur-
ing heavy rain or due to road spray.
In this case, the vehicle does not
need service.
When the cargo area or other equip-
ment is being used, turn all functions
of the system [OFF].
If the system does not work properly,
a warning message will appear and
the light on the switch will turn off.The
system will turn off automatically.
In this case, have the system
checked by a professional workshop.
Kia recommends to visit an author-
ized Kia dealer/ service partner.
OCK057055L
OCK057053L
5127
Driving your vehicle
Non-operating condition
Outside rearview mirror may not
alert the driver when:
- The outside rearview mirror housing
is damaged or covered with debris.
- The window is covered with debris.
- The windows are severely tinted.
Driver's Attention
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the sys-
tem may not detect other vehicles
or objects in certain circumstances.
- The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
- The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
- The rear bumper, in which the
sensor is located, is covered or
blocked with a foreign matter
such as a sticker, a bumper
guard, a bicycle stand, etc.
- The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
- The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
liftgate, abnormal tire pressure,
etc.
- The vehicle drives in a bad
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail,
pedestrian, animal, tunnel, etc.
- A big vehicle is near such as a
bus or truck.
- A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
- A flat trailer is near.
- If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
- When the other vehicle passes
at a very fast speed.
- While changing lanes.
- When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane
is different.
- When the other vehicle
approaches very close.
- When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
- When the temperature of the
rear bumper is very high or low.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
1285
(Continued)
- When the sensors are blocked
by other vehicles, walls or park-
ing-lot pillars.
- When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle
drives back.
- If there are small things like
Shopping cart, baby carriage and
pedestrians.
- If there is low height vehicle like
sport vehicle.
- When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
- When the vehicle in the next
lane moves two lanes away from
you OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next
lane from you.
- When driving through a narrow
road with many plants.
- When driving on wet surface.
(Continued)
(Continued)
- The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances
such as a construction zone,
railroad, etc.
- When the surrounding vehicle
or structure is driving in a wide
area (desert, field, suburb etc.)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
5129
Driving your vehicle
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW),
system is to warn the driver with any
hazardous driving situations upon
detecting the driver's fatigue level or
inattentive driving practices.
System setting and activation
System setting
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem is set to be in the OFF posi-
tion, when your vehicle is first
delivered to you from the factory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning system, turn on the
engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Assist → Driver
Attention Warning → Normal/Early'
on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the Driver
Attention Warning system mode.
- Off :The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
- Normal : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices.
- Early : The Driver Attention
Warning system alerts the driver
of his/her fatigue level or inatten-
tive driving practices faster than
Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW, IF EQUIPPED)
Driving your vehicle
1305
Display of the driver's attention
level
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
- Select 'User Settings Mode' and
then 'Assist' on the LCD display.
(For more information, refer to
"LCD Display" in chapter 4.)
• The driver's attention level is dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat-
tentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a cer-
tain period of time.
• When the driver turns on the sys-
tem while driving, it displays ‘Last
Break time’and level reflected that.
Take a break
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD dis-
play and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver's attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem does not suggest the driver to
take a break, when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes.
OCK057137L
OCK057138L
OCK057139L
5131
Driving your vehicle
Resetting the system
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning system.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem resets in the following situa-
tions.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver’s door.
- Stop lasting more than 10 min-
utes.
• The driver attention warning sys-
tem operates again, when the driv-
er restarts driving.
System disabled
The Driver Attention Warning system
enters the ready status and displays
the 'Disabled' screen in the following
situations.
- The camera sensor keeps failing to
detect the lanes.
- Driving speed remains under
37mph (60 km/h) or over 112 mph
(180 km/h).
OCK057140L
Driving your vehicle
1325
System malfunction
When the “Check System” warning
message appears, the system is not
working properly. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem utilizes the camera sensor on the
front windshield for its operation.
To keep the camera sensor in the
best condition, you should observe
the followings:
- Do not disassemble camera tem-
porarily for tinted window or
attaching any types of coatings and
accessories. If you disassemble a
camera and assemble it again, take
your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the system
checked to need a calibration.
- Do not locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a mal-func-
tion of the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
- Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
- Do not arbitrarily disassemble the
camera assembly, nor apply any
impact on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system
at high volume may offset the
Driver Attention Warning system
warning sounds
OCK057141L
WARNING
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• It may suggest a break
according to the driver’s driv-
ing pattern or habits even if
the driver doesn’t feel
fatigued.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
though there is no break sug-
gestion by the Driver
Attention Warning system.
5133
Driving your vehicle
✽✽
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem may not properly operate with
limited alerting in the following situ-
ations:
• The lane detection performance is
limited. (For more information,
refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKA system)” in this
chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven or is
abruptly turned for obstacle
avoidance (e.g. construction area,
other vehicles, fallen objects,
bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle
is severely undermined (possibly
due to wide variation in tire pres-
sures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-
in/toe-out alignment).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The vehicle drives on a curvy road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by the
following driving assist systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist System
(LKA system)
- forward collision-avoidance
assist (FCA) System.
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
System
Driving your vehicle
1345
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles (kilometers) you can get
from a gallon (liter) of fuel.To operate
your vehicle as economically as pos-
sible, use the following driving sug-
gestions to help save money in both
fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jack-
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stop-
lights. Try to adjust your speed to
the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-
sible. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from other vehicles so you
can avoid unnecessary braking.
This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these com-
ponents. In addition, driving with
your foot resting on the brake pedal
may cause the brakes to overheat,
which reduces their effectiveness
and may lead to more serious con-
sequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnec-
essary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper align-
ment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condi-
tion. For better fuel economy and
reduced maintenance costs, main-
tain your vehicle in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
chapter 7. If you drive your vehicle
in severe conditions, more frequent
maintenance is required (see
chapter 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
mum service, your vehicle should
be kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
allowed to accumulate on the
underside of the vehicle.This extra
weight can result in increased fuel
consumption and also contribute to
corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces-
sary weight in your vehicle.Weight
reduces fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
5135
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without the
engine running. In addition,turn-
ing off the ignition while driving
could lead to out of working
power driven steering wheel and
hard to control steering wheel.
Keep the engine on and down-
shift to an appropriate gear for
an engine braking effect.
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warm-
up period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in a
very high gear resulting in engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing
the engine beyond its safe limit.
This can be avoided by shifting at
the recommended speed.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for econ-
omy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized Kia dealer perform
scheduled inspections and mainte-
nance.
Driving your vehicle
1365
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz-
ards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS
brakes pump the brake pedal with
a light up-and-down motion until
the vehicle is stopped.
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand,
use the second gear. Accelerate
slowly to avoid spinning the drive
wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-
slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when
stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an Automatic Transmission. Do
not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible.If you are
still stuck after a few tries, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possi-
ble damage to the transmission.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an auto-
matic transmission while driv-
ing on slippery surfaces. The
sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid
and result in an accident.
WARNING - Sudden
Vehicle Movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehi-
cle if people or objects are near-
by. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as it
becomes unstuck.
5137
Driving your vehicle
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transmis-
sion damage or failure, and tire
damage.
CAUTION - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, espe-
cially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stationary could
cause a tire to overheat which
could result in tire damage that
may injure bystanders.
OYG056065
Driving your vehicle
1385
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lights.
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. (On vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature.) Dirty or
improperly aimed headlights will
make it much more difficult to see
at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the dis-
tance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condi-
tion, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
5139
Driving your vehicle
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pres-
sures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
get to check both the engine coolant
and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper
inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud-
den tire failure leading to acci-
dents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures,refer to
“Tires and wheels” in chapter 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible. For further information
and tread limits, refer to "Tires
and wheels" in chapter 7.
Driving your vehicle
1405
Severe weather conditions in the
winter result in greater wear and
other problems. To minimize the
problems of winter driving, you
should follow these suggestions:
✽✽
NOTICE
Summer tires are equipped to pro-
vide the best driving performance on
dry roads, varying according to
specification. Since vehicles
equipped with summer tires signifi-
cantly reduce surface forces when
driving on snow or ice roads, it is rec-
ommended to use snow tires of the
same size as the standard tires of the
vehicle or to replace them with all-
season tires or to use snow chains.
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is neces-
sary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front of your vehicle. Also, apply the
brake gently. It should be noted that
installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
cle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provid-
ed by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
inal equipment tires.You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and munic-
ipal regulations for possible restric-
tions against their use.
WINTER DRIVING
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your vehi-
cle may be adversely affected.
WARNING
Using summer tires at very cold
temperatures could cause
cracks on them to be formed
and damage them permanently.
5141
Driving your vehicle
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of tire
chains. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels;if unavoidable, use AutoSock
(fabric snow chain). Install the tire
chain after reviewing the instructions
provided with the tire chains.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not cov-
ered by your vehicle manufacturer’s
warranty.
✽✽
NOTICE
• Install AutoSock (fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires for 2WD
vehicles or for AWD vehicles. It
should be noted that installing
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) on
the tires will provide a greater
driving force, but will not prevent
side skids.
• Do not install studded tires with-
out first checking local and munic-
ipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
✽✽
NOTICE
If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
OCK057168
CAUTION
When using AutoSock (fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size chains or improp-
erly installed chains can dam-
age your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body and wheels.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driv-
ing 0.3 ~ 0.6 miles (0.5 ~ 1.0
km).
Driving your vehicle
1425
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Chain installation
When installing AutoSock (fabric
snow chain), follow the manufactur-
er's instructions and mount them as
tightly possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains con-
tacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make con-
tact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the AutoSock (fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle if available.
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph (30 km/h)
or the chain manufacturer’s recom-
mended speed limit, whichever is
lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
Use high quality ethylene gly-
col coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing.Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer or a service
station.
5143
Driving your vehicle
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container. Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized Kia dealer and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint finish.
Don’t let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position.This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear shift lever in P
(Park, Automatic Transmission) and
block the rear wheels so the vehicle
cannot roll.Then release the parking
brake.
Driving your vehicle
1445
Don't let ice and snow accu-
mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components are not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropri-
ate emergency equipment. Some of
the items you may want to carry
include tow straps or chains, flash-
light, emergency flares, sand, shov-
el, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan-
ket, etc.
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
TRAILER TOWING
5145
Driving your vehicle
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
Vehicle capacity weight:
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo.If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
OCK067038N
OCK067039N
OCK067040N
Driving your vehicle
1465
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants.
Steps For Determining Correct
Load Limit -
1. Locate the statement "The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g. suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike occupant during a sud-
den stop or crash.
5147
Driving your vehicle
C190F03JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs
Weight (385 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
805 lbs
161 lbs (73 kg) × 5
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
44 lbs
Luggage weight (20 kg)
ABC
Example 3
C190F02JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs
Weight (385 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
750 lbs
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
99 lbs
Luggage weight (45 kg)
ABC
Example 2
C190F01JM
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs
Weight (385 kg)
Subtract Occupant
B Weight
300 lbs
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
549 lbs
Luggage weight (249 kg)
Example 1
ABC
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions.The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
Driving your vehicle
1485
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum allow-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go to
a weigh station and weigh your vehi-
cle.Your dealer can help you with this.
Be sure to spread out your load equal-
ly on both sides of the centerline.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle
- like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle.If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driv-
er or a passenger.
✽✽
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause
damage. Repairs would not be cov-
ered by your warranty. Do not over-
load your vehicle.
OJFA055280
WARNING - Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle and
vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability.
WARNING - Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi-
cle's tires and possible tire fail-
ure, increased stopping dis-
tances and poor vehicle han-
dling--all of which may result in
a crash.
5149
Driving your vehicle
This chapter will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle and/or
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle
weight within its design rating capa-
bility, with or without a trailer.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehi-
cle design performance. Before load-
ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determin-
ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle's
specifications and the compliance
label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the compliance label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s door sill.
VEHICLE WEIGHT
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . 6-8
• Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
• This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules . 6-13
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
6
What to do in an emergency
26
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when
approaching, overtaking, or passing
your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ignition switch in any position. The
flasher switch is located in the center
facia panel. All turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
• Care must be taken when using
the hazard warning flasher while
the vehicle is being towed.
OCK067021
63
What to do in an emergency
If the engine stalls at a cross-
road or crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing:
1.Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of con-
trol. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P.
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4.When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If the engine stalls while driv-
ing
1.Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
2.Turn on your emergency flashers.
3.Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized Kia dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
✽✽
NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do
so, wait at least 10 seconds to restart
the vehicle after it stalls. This may
reset the car so it will no longer run
at low power (limp home) condition.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
What to do in an emergency
46
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3.Turn on the interior light.If the light
dims or goes out when you oper-
ate the starter, the battery is dis-
charged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check the fuel level.
2.With the Engine Start/Stop Button
in the OFF position, check all con-
nectors at the ignition coils and
spark plugs. Reconnect any that
may be disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized Kia dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
WARNING - Push/
pull start
Do not push or pull the vehicle
to start it. Push or pull starting
may cause the catalytic con-
verter to overload and create a
fire hazard.
65
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow these jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing serv-
ice jump start your vehicle.
CAUTION - Push/pull start
to 12 Volt Battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys-
tem. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24-
volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the elec-
trolyte level of the battery as
this may cause the battery to
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte
level is low as the battery may
rupture or explode.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehi-
cle, be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid.This is poi-
sonous and highly corrosive.
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks.
OCK067003
What to do in an emergency
66
Jump starting procedure
1.Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative termi-
nal is grounded.
2.If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4.Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one end of a
jumper cable to the positive termi-
nal of the discharged battery (1),
then connect the other end to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery (2).
Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta-
tionary, metallic point (for example,
the engine lifting bracket) away
from the battery (4). Do not con-
nect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is cranked.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat-
tery when making connections.
5.Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
If the cause of your battery discharg-
ing is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle lock system cannot be
push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the
vehicle can suddenly surge for-
ward and could cause a colli-
sion with the tow vehicle.
WARNING - Battery
cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged bat-
tery. This can cause the dis-
charged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end of
the jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery,
and the other end to a metalic
point, far away from the battery.
67
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine will probably be
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1.Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2.Place the shift lever in P and set
the parking brake. If the air condi-
tioning is on, turn it off.
3.If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from underneath the hood,
stop the engine. Do not open the
hood until the coolant has stopped
running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss
of engine coolant and no steam,
leave the engine running and
check to be sure the engine cool-
ing fan is operating.If the fan is not
running, turn the engine off.
4.Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant leak-
ing from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air condi-
tioning had been in use, it is nor-
mal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
5.If the water pump drive belt is bro-
ken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized Kia
dealer for assistance.
6.If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. If coolant has been lost, care-
fully add coolant to the reservoir to
bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7.Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized Kia dealer for
assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is
running, keep hair,
hands and clothing
away from moving
parts such as the fan
and drive belts to pre-
vent injury.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the
radiator cap when the
engine is hot.This may
result in coolant being
blown out of the open-
ing and cause serious
burns.
What to do in an emergency
86
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
(1) Low tire pressure telltale/
TPMS malfunction indicator
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Check tire pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the information mode on the clus-
ter.
- Refer to “User settings mode” in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min-
utes later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed
when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive
to display” message displays. After
driving, check the tire pressure.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the user settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User set-
tings mode” in chapter 4).
✽✽
NOTICE
• The tire pressure may change due
to factors such as parking condi-
tion, driving style, and altitude
above sea level.
• Low tire pressure warning may
sound when a tire’s pressure unit is
equal or higher than nearby tires.
This is a normal occurrence, which
is due to the change in tire pressure
along with tire temperature.
• The tire pressure shown on the
dashboard may differ from the
tire pressure measured by tire
pressure gauge.
OCK067005N
OCK067025L
69
What to do in an emergency
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres-
sure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximate-
ly one minute and then remain con-
tinuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists. When the malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tire pressure as intended.TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement, alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.
What to do in an emergency
106
✽✽
NOTICE
If the TPMS, Low Tire Pressure
indicator does not illuminate for 3
seconds when the Engine Start/Stop
button is turned to the ON, or
engine is running, or if they remain
illuminated after coming on for
approximately 3 seconds, take your
vehicle to your nearest authorized
Kia dealer and have the system
checked.
Low tire pressure telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated.
If the telltale illuminates, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
nering and anticipate increased stop-
ping distances. You should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pres-
sure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pil-
lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with the spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale
may turn on and illuminate after
restarting and about 20 minutes of
continuous driving before you have
the low pressure tire repaired and
replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning
because the decreased temperature
leads to a proportional lowering of
tire pressure.
WBH-11
OCK067025L
■ Low tire pressure position information
611
What to do in an emergency
When you drive your vehicle from a
warm area to a cold area or from a
cold area to a warm area, or the out-
side temperature is greatly higher or
lower, you should check the tire infla-
tion pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation pres-
sure.
When filling tires with more air, con-
ditions to turn off the low tire pres-
sure telltale may not be met. This is
because a tire inflator has a margin
of error in performance. The low tire
pressure telltale will be turned off if
the tire pressure is above the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will illu-
minate after it blinks for approximate-
ly one minute when there is a prob-
lem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an underinfla-
tion warning at the same time as sys-
tem failure then it will illuminate both
the TPMS malfunction and low tire
pressure position telltales e.g. if
Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator illuminates, but
if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
Right tire is under-inflated, the low
tire pressure position telltales may
illuminate together with the TPMS
malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as
possible to determine the cause of
the problem.
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power sup-
ply cables or radios transmitters
such as at police stations, govern-
ment and public offices, broadcast-
ing stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers,
etc. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may be illuminated if snow chains
are used or some separate elec-
tronic devices such as notebook
computer, mobile charger, remote
starter or navigation etc., are used
in the vehicle. This can interfere
with normal operation of the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).
WARNING - Low pressure
damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pres-
sure can cause the tires to over-
heat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
What to do in an emergency
126
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will come on. Have
the flat tire repaired by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem.You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
ommended that you always have
your tires serviced by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire
Pressure telltale will remain on until
the low pressure tire is repaired and
placed on the vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may illuminate
after a few minutes because the
TPMS sensor mounted on the spare
wheel is not initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle or the
TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel is initiated by
an authorized Kia dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will turn off within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared
after a few minutes of driving, please
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
on the replaced spare wheel should
be initiated and the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on
the original mounted wheel located in
the spare tire carrier still activates,
the tire pressure monitoring system
may not operate properly. Have the
tire with TPMS serviced or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low
tire by simply looking at it. Always
use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire's inflation
pressure. Please note that a tire that
is hot (from being driven) will have a
higher pressure measurement than a
tire that is cold (from sitting station-
ary for at least 3 hours and driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
3 hour period).
CAUTION - Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by Kia to
repair and/or inflate a low pres-
sure tire. The sealant not
approved by Kia may damage
the tire pressure sensor.
613
What to do in an emergency
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle
is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. The liquid
sealant can damage the tire pres-
sure sensors.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes grad-
ually and with light force, and slow-
ly move to a safe position off the
road.
✽✽
NOTICE - Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or dis-
abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) components may
interfere with the system's ability to
warn the driver of low tire pressure
conditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modifying,
or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) compo-
nents may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harm-
ful interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including inter-
ference that may cause undesired
operation.
What to do in an emergency
146
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jack and tools
The jack and wheel lug nut wrench
are stored in the luggage compart-
ment.
Remove the panel indicated in the
illustration.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
• Always move the vehicle complete-
ly off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on a firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm,
level place off the road, call a towing
service company for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehi-
cle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jack
support.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to be
raised with the jack.
WARNING - Changing
tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway.
OCK067031L
WARNING - Tire Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is
only supported by a jack since
the vehicle can easily roll off the
jack. Use vehicle support
stands.
WARNING - Running vehi-
cle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack.
615
What to do in an emergency
Removing and storing the
spare tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-
down wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2.Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
Use caution when utilizing the sharp
jack handle.
OCK067033N
OCK067034N
WARNING - Touching lug-
gage room floor surface
Do not touch luggage room
metal surface while the engine
is operating or hot. Doing so
could result in serious personal
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until it cools down or wear
gloves to remove the spare tire
from the luggage room.
OCK077103N
What to do in an emergency
166
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park).
3. Activate the hazard warning flash-
ers.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack and spare tire from the vehi-
cle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
1JBA6504
OED066033
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle in
the correct jack position; never
use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
WARNING - Changing a
tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
617
What to do in an emergency
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or
rear (2) jacking position closest to
the tire you are changing. Place
the jack at the designated loca-
tions under the frame.The jacking
positions are plates welded to the
frame with two tabs and a raised
dot to line up with the jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench
into the jack and turn it clockwise,
raising the vehicle until the tire just
clears the ground. This measure-
ment is approximately 1 in. (30
mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
ble and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
OCK067029LOCK067026L
OCK067027L
OCK067028L
What to do in an emergency
186
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Jiggle the wheel back and
forth until the wheel can slide over
the other studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid possi-
ble severe injury. Before putting the
wheel into place, be sure that there
is nothing on the hub or wheel (such
as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that pre-
vents the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
10.To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight.Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Insert the wrench into the jack
and lower the vehicle to the
ground by turning the wheel nut
wrench counterclockwise.
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
619
What to do in an emergency
Position the wrench as shown in the
drawing and tighten the wheel nuts.
Be sure the socket is seated com-
pletely over the nut. Do not stand on
the wrench handle or use an exten-
sion pipe over the wrench handle.Go
around the wheel, tightening every
nut following the numerical sequence
shown in the image until they are all
tight. Double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels,
have an authorized Kia dealer tight-
en the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m,
107~127N·m)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recom-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the cor-
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION - Reusing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled -
or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud will
not secure the wheel to the hub
properly and will damage the
stud so that it must be replaced.
OCK067030L
What to do in an emergency
206
To prevent the jack, wheel lug nut
wrench and spare tire from rattling
while the vehicle is in motion, store
them properly.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 7.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a com-
pact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regu-
lar-size tire.This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
The compact spare should be inflat-
ed to 60 psi (420 kPa).
✽✽
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
WARNING - Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at speeds over
50 mph (80 km/h). The original
tire should be repaired or
replaced as soon as possible to
avoid failure of the spare possi-
bly leading to personal injury or
death.
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel.This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
621
What to do in an emergency
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough for the road conditions to
avoid all hazards.Any road hazard,
such as a pothole or debris, could
seriously damage the compact
spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible per-
sonal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-
mum load rating or the load-carry-
ing capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a con-
ventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch (25 mm), which could result in
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the com-
pact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle com-
ponents may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
226
Jack label
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4.When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under
the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Move the shift lever to the P posi-
tion on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9.The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacturer
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
OHYK064001
OHYK064005
OHYK064002
• Type A
■ Example
• Type B
• Type C
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
623
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer-
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting
and towing procedures are neces-
sary to prevent damage to the vehi-
cle. The use of wheel dollies(1) or
flatbed is recommended.
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, take your vehicle to an author-
ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi-
cle on a flatbed tow truck and have
the system checked.
OCK067013L
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
AWD system.
What to do in an emergency
246
• Ensure any metal parts on the
tiedown straps do not contact
painted surfaces or the face of the
wheels.
• Do not place straps over the body
panels or through the wheels.
WARNING - Side and
curtain Air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with
side and curtain air bag, set the
the Engine Start/Stop button to
ACC position when the vehicle
is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag
may deploy when the ignition is
ON, and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a
rollover.
OCK067024
CAUTION
Attaching straps to the chasis,
suspension or other parts of the
body can cause damage.
OCK067014
OCK067015
CAUTION - Towing
• Do not tow the vehicle back-
wards with the front wheels on
the ground as this may cause
damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
625
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the Engine Start/Stop button
to ACC position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
Removable towing hook
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the right side part or lower part of
the cover on the bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4.Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, have it
done by an authorized Kia dealer
or a commercial tow truck service.
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Failure to place the transaxle
shift lever in N (Neutral) may
cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
OCK067017
OCK067019
OCK067020
■ Front
■ Rear
What to do in an emergency
266
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency tow-
ing hook under the front (or rear) of
the vehicle. Use extreme caution
when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speed.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
quently.
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Use only a cable or chain specifical-
ly intended for use in towing vehi-
cles. Securely fasten the cable or
chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check if
the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it
steadily and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.
CAUTION
Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for
towing may damage the body of
your vehicle.
627
What to do in an emergency
• Use a towing strap less than 16
feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or
red cloth (about 12 inches (30 cm)
wide) in the middle of the strap for
easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loosened during tow-
ing.
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the Engine Start/Stop button
to ACC position so the steering
wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steer-
ing system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
WARNING - Emergency
Towing Precautions
Use extreme caution when tow-
ing the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which
would place excessive stress
on the emergency towing hook
and towing cable or chain.The
hook and towing cable or
chain may break and cause
serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle is
unable to be moved, do not
forcibly continue the towing.
In this case, contact an
authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow truck service
for assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight
ahead as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle
during towing.
OYG066034
What to do in an emergency
286
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transaxle is in neutral.
Be sure the steering is unlocked by
placing the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to ACC position. A driver must
be in the towed vehicle to operate
the steering and brakes.
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transaxle, limit
the vehicle speed to 10 mph
(15 km/h) and drive less than 1
mile (1.5 km) when towing.
• Before towing, check the auto-
matic transaxle for fluid leaks
under your vehicle. If the auto-
matic transaxle fluid is leak-
ing, flatbed equipment or a
towing dolly must be used.
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
• Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Scheduled maintenance service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-16
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
• Checking the parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
• Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-39
• Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
7
• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
• Inner panel fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
• Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Side marker bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
• Headlamp (Low/High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
• Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-83
• Rear side marker (LED type) bulb replacement . . . 7-84
• Rear turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-84
• Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84
• Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
• High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
• License plate lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-88
• Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-88
• Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-89
• Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-89
• Glove box lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-90
• Luggage room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-90
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
• Evaporative emission control (including ORVR
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system . . . . . 7-99
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
7
73
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
OCK077001/OCK077002
■■
THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
❈ The battery is in the luggage room.
■■
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Engine oil filler cap
4. Engine oil dipstick
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Fuse box
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Air cleaner
Maintenance
47
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
Should you have any doubts con-
cerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recom-
mend that you have an authorized
Kia dealer perform this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle proper-
ly.For expert advice and quality serv-
ice, see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
✽✽
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsi-
bility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Warranty &
Consumer Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehi-
cle maintained and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer. An authorized
Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service
quality standards and receives tech-
nical support from Kia in order to pro-
vide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
✽✽
NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) has
issued a general warning to all vehi-
cle owners of all brands regarding
the risks associated with vehicle
underbody corrosion. From your
initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion
damage to your vehicle:
(Continued)
75
Maintenance
(Continued)
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the win-
ter and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service techni-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for
corrosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visual-
ly aware of corrosion flaking or
scaling or if you become aware of
a change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongy brakes, flu-
ids leaking, impairment of direc-
tional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
NHTSA further advises that after
a vehicle is 7 years old, it is essen-
tial that you take these indicated
maintenance steps to ensure that
you protect yourself from unsafe
corrosion conditions.
Owner maintenance precau-
tions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems.This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized Kia dealer with spe-
cial tools.
✽✽
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance dur-
ing the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Warranty & Consumer
Information manual provided with
the vehicle. If you're unsure about
any servicing or maintenance proce-
dure, have it done by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Maintenance
work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the
engine while working under the
hood, make certain that you
remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and
necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
Maintenance
67
WARNING - Touching
metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine
off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform mainte-
nance work on the vehicle.
77
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized Kia dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehi-
cle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by war-
ranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
ing effort or looseness in the steer-
ing wheel, or change in its straight-
ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check the automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure.
Maintenance
87
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flash-
ers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall) :
• Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or
damage.
• Check the windshield washer
spray and wiper operation. Clean
the wiper blades with clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year :
• Clean the body and door drain
holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and
check the hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weather-
strips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
79
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply.If any of the following
conditions apply, follow the
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions.
• Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles
(16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust condition
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road repeatedly
• Towing a trailer or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more fre-
quently than the following Normal
Maintenance Schedule. After 120
months or 150,000 miles continue to
follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.
Maintenance
107
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.
Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.Where both mileage and time are shown, the
frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Drive belts *
1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil
filter
Theta II 2.0L T-GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives *
2
Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter - I - R - I - R - I - R - I -
Spark plugs
Theta II 2.0L T-GDI Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
Valve clearance *
3
Theta II 2.0L T-GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Inspect every 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
2
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
3
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized Kia dealer perform the
operation.
711
Maintenance
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Rotate tires Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years :
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (50,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
Maintenance
127
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Intercooler, in/out hose,
air intake hose
Theta II 2.0L T-GDI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Cooling system - - - I - I - I - I - I - I -
Automatic transaxle fluid No check, No service required
Differential oil (rear) *
5
, *
6
Without LSD - - - - - I - - - - - I - - -
With LSD - - - - - R - - - - - R - - -
Differential oil (front) (AWD) *
5
- - - - - I - - - - - I - - -
Transfer case oil (AWD) No check, No service required
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I
Fuel tank air filter *
4
I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
4
: Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance sched-
ule depends on fuel quality.
*
5
: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*
6
:When replacing differential oil with LSD, use only specified LSD oil.
713
Maintenance
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I
Parking brake I I I I I I I
Brake fluid I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Normal Maintenance Schedule - Turbo Models (CONT.)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
Maintenance
147
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions - Turbo Models
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Theta II 2.0L T-GDI
R
Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6
months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI
R
Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6
months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transaxle fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles (100,000 km)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
715
Maintenance
Severe driving conditions
A-Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km)
in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freez-
ing temperature
B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
tances
C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads
D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E-Driving in heavy dust condition
F-Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Differential oil (rear)
Without LSD
R
Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
With LSD
R
Every 36,000 miles (60,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Differential oil (front) (AWD)
R
Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently C, E, G
Propeller shaft I More frequently C, E
Maintenance
167
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel filter (for gasoline)
Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a
lifetime fuel filter that integrated with
the fuel tank. Regular maintenance
or replacement is not needed but
depends on fuel quality. If there are
some important safety matters like
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem etc, fuel
filter inspection or replace is needed.
The fuel filter be Inspected or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
nections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized Kia dealer
replace any damaged or leaking
parts immediately.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter-
vals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure that a new
vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-
rectly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure
that the hoses do not come in con-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
717
Maintenance
Air cleaner filter
A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is rec-
ommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if neces-
sary. An authorized Kia dealer
should perform the operation.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system compo-
nents, such as the radiator, coolant
reservoir, hoses and connections for
leakage and damage. Replace any
damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic transaxle fluid
Automatic transaxle fluid should not
be checked under normal usage
conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
Kia dealer in accordance to the
scheduled maintenance at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
✽✽
NOTICE
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is normal condition and you should
not judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
CAUTION
Use only specified automatic
transaxle fluid.The use of a non-
specified fluid could result in a
transaxle malfunction and fail-
ure. (Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" in
chapter 8.)
Maintenance
187
✽✽
NOTICE - NHTSA Safety
Corrosion Alert
NHTSA has warned all vehicle own-
ers of all brands that they must main-
tain their vehicles in a manner which
will prevent brake hose and brake line
failures due to corrosion when such
vehicles are exposed to winter road
salt and related chemicals. While seri-
ous corrosion conditions typically only
manifest themselves as safety issues
after 7 years of vehicle use, the corro-
sion process starts immediately and
thus underbody cleaning maintenance
must commence from your vehicle's
first exposure to road salts and chem-
icals. NHTSA urges vehicle owners to
take the following steps to prevent
corrosion:
(Continued)
(Continued)
1. Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly throughout the
winter and do a thorough washing
in the spring to remove road salt
and other de-icing chemicals.
2. Monitor the brake system for
signs of corrosion by having regu-
lar professional inspections and
watching for signs of problems,
including loss of brake fluid,
unusual leaks and soft or spongy
feel in the brake pedal.
3. Replace the entire brake pipe
assembly if you find severe corro-
sion that causes scaling or flaking
of brake components.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir.The level should
be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks
on the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
719
Maintenance
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con-
nections or replace parts as neces-
sary.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
age. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
When checking engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid,
always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant or fluid. This is espe-
cially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used
on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS
Maintenance
207
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating tempera-
ture.
3.Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and reinsert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
CAUTION - Replacing
engine oil
Do not overfill the engine oil. It
may damage the engine.
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
OCK077010
OCK077011
■ THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
■ Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
721
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in con-
tact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Always protect
your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine com-
ponents.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized Kia dealer according
to the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
OCK077012
OCK077013
■ THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
■ Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
Maintenance
227
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year: at
the beginning of the winter season,
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the coolant level
• Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cool-
ing system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise
to remove it.
• Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap or
the drain plug while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage and could
result in serious personal injury
from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
CAUTION - Radiator cap
Never attempt to remove the
radiator cap while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so
might lead to cooling system
and engine damage.
723
Maintenance
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F and L marks on the
coolant level gauge when the engine
is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to F, but do not over-
fill. If frequent additions are required,
see an authorized Kia dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
✽✽
NOTICE
Make sure the coolant cap is proper-
ly closed after refill of coolant.
Otherwise the engine could be over-
heated while driving.
1. Check if the radiator cap label is
straight In front.
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric
motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure and vehicle speed. it may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
OCK077016
OQL075072
■ Engine room front view
Maintenance
247
2. Make sure that the tiny protru-
sions inside the coolant cap
should be securely interlocked.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the fac-
tory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze. This would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
OCK077018
■ Engine room rear view
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C)
35 65
-13°F (-25°C)
40 60
-31°F (-35°C)
50 50
-49°F (-45°C)
60 40
725
Maintenance
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure which may result in
serious injury.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth or fabric
around the radiator cap before
refilling the coolant in order to
prevent the coolant from over-
flowing into engine parts such
as the generator.
OCK077017
Maintenance
267
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thor-
oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-
ination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will
fall with accumulated mileage.This is
a normal condition associated with
the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When changing and adding brake
fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it
come in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid should come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush
them with a large quantity of fresh
tap water. Have your eyes examined
by a doctor as soon as possible.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to con-
tact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids (such as engine
oil) can cause damage to the
brake system.
OCK077019
727
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level
The reservoir is translucent so that
you can check the level with a quick
visual inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
WARNING - Flammable
fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid reservoir is flamma-
ble under certain circumstances.
This can result in a fire.
WARNING - Windshield
fluid
Do not drink the windshield
washer fluid. The windshield
washer fluid is poisonous to
humans and animals.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control.
OCK077020
Maintenance
287
Checking the parking brake
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 44 lbs, 196
N (20 kg) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Stroke : 3 notch
PARKING BRAKE
OYG056016
729
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
Have the air cleaner filter inspected or
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this chapter.)
OCK077022
OCK077023
■ THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
■ Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine
(Gasoline) (Passenger side)
OCK077024
■ Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline)
(Driver side)
CAUTION - Air filter
maintenance
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a Kia genuine part. Use of
a non-genuine part could
damage the air flow sensor.
Maintenance
307
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the fol-
lowing procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
1. Open the glove box and remove
the stoppers on both sides.
2.With the glove box open, pull the
support strap (1).
OCK077026OCK077027
731
Maintenance
3. Remove the climate control air fil-
ter cover while pressing the lock
on the left side of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly. Otherwise,
the system may produce noise and
the effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
OCK077028 OCK077029
Maintenance
327
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
Contamination of either the wind-
shield or the wiper blades with for-
eign matter can reduce the effective-
ness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commer-
cial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the win-
dow and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunc-
tion and failure.
1JBA5122
CAUTION - Wiper blades
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
733
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
For your convenience, move the
windshield wiper blades to the serv-
ice position as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping
(MIST) position within 20 seconds
and hold the switch more than 2 sec-
onds until the wiper blade is in the
fully up position.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
OHM078060
OHM078061
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
OCK077030
Maintenance
347
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
5.Turn ignition to the ON position
and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
735
Maintenance
BATTERY
Battery replacement
The battery is in the luggage room.
When replacing the battery, disconnect
the negative (-) cable (1) and remove
the positive (+) battery fuse box (2).
Remove the battery mounting brack-
et (3).
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, discon-
nect the battery cables.
OCK077031
WARNING
- Touching luggage room
metal surface
Do not touch luggage room
metal surface while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so could
result in serious personal injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until it cools down or wear
gloves to replace the battery
from the luggage room.
Maintenance
367
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention.
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel
pain or burning sensation,
get medical attention imme-
diately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulation.
The battery contains lead.Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to
an authorized Kia dealer to
be recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the bat-
tery when the battery cables are con-
nected.
WARNING - Risk of elec-
trocution
Never touch the electrical igni-
tion system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
shock you.
WARNING - Recharging
Battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
WARNING - Risk of
explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and
all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen -- a highly
combustible gas which
will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children
because batteries con-
tain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection
when charging or work-
ing near a battery.
Always provide ventila-
tion when working in an
enclosed space.
737
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized elec-
tronic devices to the battery, the bat-
tery may be discharged. Never use
unauthorized devices.
Recharging the battery
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for exam-
ple, the headlamps or interior
lamps were left on while the vehi-
cle was not in use), recharge it by
slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when check-
ing the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1.Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
CALIFORNIA PROPO-
SITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
Maintenance
387
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the bat-
tery has been discharged or the bat-
tery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 4)
• Sunroof (See chapter 4)
• Trip computer (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Driver position memory system
(See chapter 3)
739
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold.“Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
one mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehi-
cle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver’s side center
pillar.
WARNING
- Checking the tire inflation
pressure
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual.
Regularly check the tire infla-
tion pressure, and correct it as
needed: at least twice a month
and before a long trip.
If you fail to observe this pre-
caution, you may be driving on
tires with incorrect tire pres-
sures, a condition that may not
only compromise your vehicle's
driving stability, but also lead to
tire damage and the risk of an
accident.
This risk is much higher on hot
days and when driving for long
periods at high speeds.
OYG086001
Maintenance
407
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh
ride, excessive wear at the center
of the tire tread, and a greater pos-
sibility of damage from road haz-
ards.
• Warm tires normally exceed rec-
ommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage.If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
hasn't been driven more than one
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pres-
sure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
Checking tire inflation pres-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gauge to check
tire pressure.You can not tell if your
tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may
look properly inflated even when
they're underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
WARNING
- Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
741
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement.If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjust-
ment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the rec-
ommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and mois-
ture.
• Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear and
damage. Always use a tire pres-
sure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing
poor handling, loss of vehicle con-
trol, and sudden tire failure leading
to accidents, injuries, and even
death. The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the tire
label located on the driver's side
center pillar.
• Remember to check the pressure
of your spare tire.Kia recommends
that you check the spare every
time you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
mended that the tires be rotated
every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage.Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
Maintenance
427
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Wheel alignment and tire bal-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
WARNING - Mixing tires
• Do not use the compact spare
tire (if equipped) for tire rota-
tion.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics.
CAUTION
- Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
OBH078040
OBK079038
■ 18inch tire
■ 19inch tire
743
Maintenance
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
Indicator (A) will appear as a solid
band across the tread. This shows
there is less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
of tread left on the tire. Replace the
tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replac-
ing the tire.
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed.When replacing
tires, all 4 tires must use the same
size originally supplied with the vehi-
cle.Using tires of a different size can
cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) to work irregularly.
✽✽
NOTICE
We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same which were origi-
nally supplied with the vehicle. If
not, driving performance could be
altered.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
OUM076204L
Maintenance
447
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
A wheel that is not the correct size
may adversely affect wheel and
bearing life, braking and stopping
abilities, handling characteristics,
ground clearance, body-to-tire clear-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibra-
tion, headlight aim and bumper
height.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing con-
trol of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
CAUTION - Wheel
Wheels that do not meet Kia's
specifications may fit poorly
and result in damage to the
vehicle or unusual handling and
poor vehicle control.
OJF085008L
745
Maintenance
2.Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P205/55R16 89H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
205 - Tire width in millimeters.
55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
89 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one.The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.0JX16
6.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicles. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire.This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
Maintenance
467
3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1617 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2017.
4.Tire ply composition and mate-
rial
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount of
air pressure that should be put in the
tire.Do not exceed the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure. Refer to
the Tire and Loading Information label
for recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that can
be carried by the tire.When replacing
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
tire that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 440
TRACTION A
TEMPERATURE A
WARNING - Tire age
Replace tires within the recom-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of
control and an accident.
747
Maintenance
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recom-
mend that tires be replaced after
approximately six (6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicles
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tires ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead brak-
ing traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction char-
acteristics.
Maintenance
487
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and defini-
tions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional acces-
sories. Some examples of optional
accessories are, automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air con-
ditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per
square inch (psi) before a tire has
built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des-
ignator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
749
Maintenance
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire: A tire designat-
ed by its manufacturer as primarily
intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre-
sponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Load ratings: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maxi-
mum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
lbs. (68kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a par-
ticular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Ply: A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords
Pneumatic tire: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemicals,
fabric and steel or other materials,
that, when mounted on an automo-
tive wheel, provides the traction and
contains the gas or fluid that sustains
the load.
Maintenance
507
Production options weight: The
combined weight of installed regular
production options weighing over 5
lb.(2.3 kg) in excess of the standard
items which they replace, not previ-
ously considered in curb weight or
accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,
heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seat-
ed.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread of a
tire when only 1/16 inch of tread
remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-
ber of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due
to curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-
ly attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and rec-
ommended inflation pressure.
751
Maintenance
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good per-
formance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road condi-
tions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior perform-
ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-
formance is substantially reduced in
snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M+S
(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom-
mends the use of snow tires or all
season tires on all four wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the stan-
dard tires on the tire label on the dri-
ver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the rear wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufactur-
er's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use AutoSock fabric snow chain.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
Maintenance
527
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are
of belted construction and are select-
ed to complement the ride and han-
dling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-
low is:identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Low aspect ratio tire
(if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and brak-
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise com-
pare with normal tires.
753
Maintenance
• It is not easy to recognize the tire
damage with your own eyes. But if
there is the slightest hint of tire
damage, even though you cannot
see it, have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire damage
may cause air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on
a rough road, off road, pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, it will not
be covered by the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information
on the tire sidewall.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easi-
er to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
• When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driv-
ing, inspect tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam-
aged.
• If the tire is impacted, we rec-
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
• To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,900 miles
(3,000 km).
Maintenance
547
FUSES
❈ Left side : Normal , Right side : Blown
A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 4 (or 5) fuse panels,
one located in the driver’s side panel
bolster, the other in the engine com-
partment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will melt.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver’s side
fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
• Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on
electric wiring to the vehicle.
WARNING - Fuse replace-
ment
• Never replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tem-
porary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
OCK077071
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
■ Multi fuse
■ Fusible link
755
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
• When replacing fuse, turn the
ignition “OFF” and turn off
switches of all electrical devices
then remove battery (-) terminal.
• The actual fuse/relay panel label
may differ from equipped items.
WARNING - Electrical Fire
Always ensure replacements
fuses and relays are securely
fastened when installed. Failure
to do so can result in a vehicle
fire.
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay, make sure the new
fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may
cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts.The fuses, relays
and terminals may not be fas-
tened correctly which may
cause vehicle damage.
CAUTION
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system
malfunction.
• Do not plug in screwdrivers or
aftermarket wiring into the ter-
minal originally designed for
fuse and relays only.The elec-
trical system and wiring of the
vehicle interior may be dam-
aged or burned due to contact
failure.
• If you directly connect the
wire on the taillight or replace
the bulb which is over the reg-
ulated capacity to install trail-
ers etc., the inner junction
block can get burned.
Maintenance
567
✽✽
NOTICE - Remodeling
Prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any
way as doing so may affect the per-
formance of several safety features
in your vehicle. Rewiring your vehi-
cle may also void your warranty and
cause you to be responsible for any
subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
✽✽
NOTICE - Window tinting
precaution
Window tint(especially metallic
film) might cause communication
disorder or poor radio reception,
and malfunction of the automatic
lighting system due to excessive
change of illumination inside the
vehicle. The solution used might also
flow into electric, electronic devices
causing disorder and failure.
Inner panel fuse replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”
position, a caution indicator will be
displayed in the cluster.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap
to ensure it is securely closed.
If the battery cap is not securely
closed, moisture may enter the
system and damage the electri-
cal components.
WARNING
- Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be
performed by authorized Kia
dealerships using approved Kia
parts. Using other wiring com-
ponents, especially when retro-
fitting AVN or theft alarm sys-
tem, remote engine control, car
phone or radio may cause vehi-
cle damage and increase the
risk of a vehicle fire.
OCK077032
757
Maintenance
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
on the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
4. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a
fuse of the same rating from a circuit
you may not need for operating the
vehicle, such as the power outlet
fuse.
If the head lamp, turn signal lamp,
stop signal lamp, fog lamp, DRL, tail
lamp, HMSL do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
✽✽
NOTICE
If the headlamp, fog lamp, turn sig-
nal lamp, or tail lamp malfunction
even without any problem to the
lamps, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer for assis-
tance.
Fuse switch
Always set the fuse switch to the ON
position before using the vehicle.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly. When the switch is
Off, the caution indicator will be dis-
played on the instrument cluster.
Always place the fuse switch in the
ON position while driving the vehicle.
If the switch is located in the “OFF”
position, a caution indicator will be
displayed in the cluster.
OCK077033
OCK077034
Maintenance
587
✽✽
NOTICE
• Set all switches to ON before driv-
ing.
• If the vehicle is going to be unused
for over 1 month, set all switches
to OFF to prevent the batteries
from draining.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1.Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up. When the blade type
fuse is disconnected, remove it by
using the clip designed for chang-
ing fuses located in the engine
compartment fuse box. Upon
removal, securely insert reserve
fuse of the same rating.
3. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse
panel cover in the engine com-
partment to protect against
electrical failure which may
occur from water contact.
Listen for the audible clicking
sound to ensure fuse panel
cover is securely fastened.
CAUTION - Fuse Panel
Covers
The contact points of the
switches may wear out with
excessive use. Please refrain
from excessive use of the
switches (except for long-term
parking for over 1 month).
OCK077035
759
Maintenance
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall
the multi fuse.
✽✽
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with
nuts and bolts. Incorrect or partial
assembly torque may cause a fire.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1.Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reverse these steps to reinstall
the main fuse.
OCK077037OCK077036
Maintenance
607
✽✽
NOTICE
The electronic system may not func-
tion correctly even when the engine
compartment and internal fuse
box’s individual fuses are not dis-
connected. In such case the cause of
the problem may be disconnection
of the main fuse.
Since the main fuse is designed more
intricately than other parts, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Fuse/relay panel description
■ Engine compartment fuse panel
■ Driver’s side fuse panel
OCK077040
■ Battery box fuse panel
■ Rear fuse box panel
OCK077043
OCK077045
OCK077038
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and capacity.
761
Maintenance
✽✽
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
Maintenance
627
Driver’s side fuse panel
OCK077093L
763
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MULTI MEDIA 1 25A Low DC-DC Converter (Audio)
AIR BAG 15A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
INTERIOR LAMP 10A
Overhead Console Lamp, Center Room Lamp, Room Lamp, Vanity Lamp Switch Left Handle side/Right
Handle side, Luggage Lamp Left Handle side/Right Handle side, Glove Box Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door
Mood Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp
STOP LAMP 10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
E-SHIFTER 2 10A Electronic Auto Transmission Shift Lever (IG1)
IBU 4 10A IBU (IG1)
MULTI MEDIA 3 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display, Air Conditioner Switch
MULTI MEDIA 2 15A Audio
MEMORY 1 10A Air Conditioner Control Module, Air Conditioner Switch, Security Indicator, Head-Up Display
IBU 3 10A IBU (B+)
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
Maintenance
647
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
E-SHIFTER 1 10A Electronic Auto Transmission Shift Lever (B+)
A/BAG IND. 10A Instrument Cluster, Passenger Air Bag IND.
IBU 1 15A IBU (B+)
DAU 10A Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
MODULE 2 10A IBU (IG2)
MODULE 3 10A Auto Transmission Shift Lever Switch, Driver Door Module, Stop Lamp Switch
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
S/HEATER
DRV/PASS
25A Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module
TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Lid Relay, Fuel Lid Relay, Crash Pad Switch
IBU 2 10A Rain Sensor
POWER OUTLET 1 20A Front Power Outlet #2
765
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MODULE 8 10A
Cooling Fan Controller (BLDC Motor), Around View Monitor, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module,
Front/Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
MODULE 7 10A
IBU, ECS Unit, AWD (All Wheel Drive) ECM (Electronic Control Module), Smart Cruise Control Module,
Auto Transmission Shift Lever Indicator, Console Switch (Front/Upper), Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit
Left Handle side/Right Handle side, Steering Angle Sensor, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, Multi-
Function Camera Unit, Crash Pad Switch
POWER HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
MODULE 9 10A Driver Air Lumbar Control Unit
MODULE 1 10A Data Link Connector, Console Switch (Upper), Mood Lamp Control Unit
MODULE 5 10A
Air Conditioner Control Module, Air Conditioner Switch, Audio, Head Lamp Left Handle side/Right
Handle side, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP (Amplifier)), Electro Chromic Mirror, AMP (Amplifier),
Driver Integrated memory system Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, Front/Rear
Seat Warmer Control Module
SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Control Unit (Glass)
P/WINDOW RH 25A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module Right Handle side
POWER OUTLET 2 20A Rear Power Outlet
Maintenance
667
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
MDPS 10A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit (R-MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering))
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A Driver Integrated memory system Control Module, Drive Seat Module
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Seat Module
P/WINDOW LH 25A Driver Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module Left Handle side
MODULE 6 10A
IBU, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP (Amplifier)), Electronic Auto Transmission Shift Lever (SBW
(Shift By Wire)), Engine Room Junction Block (RLY. 4 - Power Outlet Relay)
A/CON 10A Air Conditioner Control Module, Air Conditioner Switch, Engine Room Junction Block (Blower Relay)
MODULE 4 10A Head Lamp Left Handle side/Right Handle side, AFS Control Unit, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module
767
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OCK077094L
Maintenance
687
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
ALT
175A
200A
Alternator, Multi Fuse
- COOLING FAN 1 / B+5 / B+4 / B+3 / OPCU / ESC1 / ESC2 / BLOWER / POWER TAIL GATE
COOLING FAN 2 125A [BLDC (Brushless Direct Current) Motor] Cooling Fan Controller
START 30A Start Relay
COOLING FAN 1 80A [BLDC (Brushless Direct Current) Motor] Cooling Fan Controller
B+5 50A
Instrument Panel Junction Block
(Fuse - STOP LAMP / Leak Current Autocut Device Fuse / INTERIOR LAMP)
B+4 50A
Instrument Panel Junction Block
(Fuse - DOOR LOCK / POWER HANDLE / SUNROOF / P/SEAT (DRV) / P/SEAT (PASS))
B+3 50A
Instrument Panel Junction Block
(Fuse - S/HEATER DRV/PASS / TAIL GATE / MODULE9 / P/WINDOW RH / P/WINDOW LH)
OPCU 50A Electric Oil Pump Inverter
ESC 1 40A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Control Module
ESC 2 40A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
BLOWER 40A Blower Relay
POWER TAIL GATE 30A Power Tail Gate Module
Engine room compartment fuse panel
769
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MDPS 100A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
B+6 60A Engine Control Relay, Fuse - HORN / WIPER1 / H/LAMP H / B/ALARM HORN)
B+1 60A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - IBU1 / IBU2)
B+2 50A Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse - E-SHIFTER1 / MODULE1)
E-CVVT 1 40A [THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] E-CVVT Relay
VACUUM PUMP 20A Vacuum Pump Relay
AWD 20A AWD (All Wheel Drive) ECM (Electronic Control Module)
IG 2 20A IG2 Relay
POWER OUTLET 2 10A Front / Rear USB Charger, Front Power Outlet #2,
POWER OUTLET 1 20A Front Power Outlet #1
A/C 10A Air Conditioner Control Module
E-CVVT 3 20A [THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] ECM (Engine Control Module)
Maintenance
707
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
E-CVVT 2 20A [THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] ECM (Engine Control Module)
ESC 3 10A ESC (Electronic Stability Control) Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ECU 3 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU 2 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)
HORN 20A Horn Relay
WIPER 1 30A Wiper Power Relay
TCU 2 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
SENSOR 4 10A Brake Vacuum Switch, Vacuum Pump Relay, Electric Oil Pump Inverter
TCU 1 20A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
WIPER 2 10A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), ECM (Electronic Control Module)
SENSOR 1 15A Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
SENSOR5 20A
[THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4
[Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
771
Maintenance
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
H/LAMP HI 10A Head Lamp (High) Relay
ECU 1 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR 3 15A
[THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] Oxygen Sensor (Up)
[Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine] Oxygen Sensor #2/#4
SENSOR 2 10A
[THETA II 2.0L T-GDI Engine] Electronic Thermostat, Oil Control Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
RCV (Recirculation Valve Control) Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
[Lambda II 3.3L T-GDI Engine] Electronic Thermostat, Oil Pressure Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve
#1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust), RCV (Recirculation Valve Control) Control Solenoid Valve, Purge Control
Solenoid Valve, Canister Close Valve
B/ALARM HORN 10A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
Maintenance
727
Relay Name Type
Vacuum Pump Relay ISO HC MICRO
B/Alarm Horn Relay ISO MICRO
Power Outlet Relay ISO HC MICRO
Blower Relay ISO HC MICRO
Start Relay ISO HC MICRO
E-CVVT Relay (G4KL) ISO MICRO
Relay
773
Maintenance
Rear fuse box panel
OCK077095L
Maintenance
747
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
ECS 15A ECS (Electronic Control Suspension) Unit
S/HEATER
REAR
20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module
HEATED
MIRROR
10A Air Conditioner Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
SPARE1 10A -
SPARE2 15A -
SPARE3 15A -
REAR HEATED 30A Rear Heated Relay
AMP 2 25A AMP (Amplifier) (MOBIS/PREMIUM)
SPARE4 15A -
AMP 1 30A Low DC-DC Converter (AMP (Amplifier))
IG 1 40A IG1/ACC Relay
Rear fuse box panel
775
Maintenance
Battery box fuse panel
OCK077046
Maintenance
767
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
B+1 80A Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuse - FUEL PUMP / REAR HEATED/ AMP1)
B+2 80A Rear Sub Junction Block (Fuse - ECS / S/HEATER REAR / IG1)
START 40A Engine Room Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay), Fuse -START / ECU2 / TCU1)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
Battery box fuse panel
777
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand
with appropriate wattage ratings in
case of emergencies.
Refer to “Bulb Wattage” in chapter 8.
When changing lamps, first turn off
the engine at a safe place, firmly
apply the parking brake and detach
the battery’s negative (-) terminal.
Use only bulbs of the specified
wattage.
✽✽
NOTICE
• If the light bulb or lamp connector
is removed while the lamp is still
on, the fuse box's electronic sys-
tem may log it as a malfunction.
Therefore, a lamp malfunction
incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
• It is normal for an operating lamp
to flicker momentarily. This is due
to a stabilization function of the
vehicle’s electronic control device.
If the lamp lights up normally
after momentarily blinking, then
it is functioning as normal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off
completely, there may be an error
in the vehicle’s electronic control
device. Please have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia
dealer immediately.
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch
is turned to the LOCK position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehi-
cle and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
CAUTION - Light replace-
ment
Be sure to replace the burned-
out bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
CAUTION - Headlamp
Lens
To prevent damage, do not
clean the headlamp lens with
chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
Maintenance
787
If you don’t have the necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized Kia dealer. In
many cases, it is difficult to replace
vehicle light bulbs because other
parts of the vehicle must be removed
before you can get to the bulb.This is
especially true if you have to remove
the headlamp assembly to get to the
bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
If non-genuine parts or substandard
bulbs are used, it may lead to blow-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to
the vehicle. If additional lights are
installed, it may lead to lamp mal-
functions and flickering. Additionally,
the fuse box and other writing may
be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
(1) Headlamp (Low/High) (bulb type)
(2) Front turn signal lamp (bulb type)
(3) Day time running lamp / Position
lamp (LED type)
(4) Side marker (bulb type)
(5) Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type)
(6) Headlamp (Low/High assist)
(LED type)
(7) Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
(8) Day time running lamp / Position
lamp (LED type)
(9) Side marker (LED type)
OCK077096L
OCK077097L
■ Head lamp - Type B
■ Head lamp - Type A
779
Maintenance
Light bulb position (Rear)
(1) Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
(2) Stop lamp (LED type)
(3) Back-up lamp (bulb type)
(4) Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type)
(5) Side marker (LED type)
(6) Rear turn signal lamp (LED type)
(7) High mounted stop lamp (LED
type)
(8) License plate lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Side)
(1) Side repeater lamp (LED type)
OCK077052
■ Side repeater lamp
■ High mounted stop lamp
OCK077050L
■ License plate lamp
OCK077051L
■ Rear combination lamp - Type A
OCK077098L
■ Rear combination lamp - Type B
OCK077099L
Maintenance
807
Headlamp (LED type) replace-
ment (Headlamp Type B)
If the Low/High beam lamp(1,2),
Front turn signal lamp(3), Day time
running lamp/Position lamp(4), Side
marker (5) does not operate, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the head lamp (LED), for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Side marker bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A)
If the side marker (1) does not oper-
ate, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side marker, for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Position lamp + DRL (LED
type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A)
If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the position lamp + DRL
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
OCK077100L
■ Head lamp - Type B
OCK077101L
■ Head lamp - Type A
OCK077073
■ Head lamp - Type A
781
Maintenance
Headlamp (Low/High beam)
bulb replacement (Headlamp
Type A)
1. Remove the service cover clip on
the wheel housing.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
3.Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
5. Install a new bulb-socket assem-
bly in the headlamp assembly by
aligning the tabs on the bulb-sock-
et with the slots in the headlamp
assembly. Push the bulb-socket
into the headlamp assembly and
turn the bulb-socket clockwise.
6. Connect the headlamp bulb sock-
et-connector.
7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
8.Install the clip on the service
cover.
❈ If it is difficult to replace light bulbs,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OCK077074
■ Head lamp - Type A
OCK077075
OCK077076
Maintenance
827
Headlamp bulb
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when chang-
ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
Front turn signal lamp bulb
replacement (Headlamp Type A)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the strut bar and the air
cleaner assembly.
OQL075058
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce
flying pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra-
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids.
OCK077077
OCK077078
783
Maintenance
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the bulb-
socket by pressing it in and rotat-
ing it counterclockwise until the
tabs on the bulb align with the
slots in the bulb-socket. Pull the
bulb out of the bulb-socket.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the bulb-socket and rotating it
until it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the headlamp
assembly by aligning the tabs on
the bulb-socket with the slots in
the assembly. Push the bulb-sock-
et into the headlamp assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
7. Install the strut bar and the air
cleaner assembly.
❈ If it is difficult to replace light bulbs,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Stop and tail lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
OCK077053
OCK077079
Maintenance
847
Rear side marker (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the rear side marker (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the rear side marker (LED), for
it may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Rear turn signal lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
If the rear turn signal lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the rear turn signal lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
Rear turn signal lamp (bulb
type) bulb replacement
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Open the service cover.
OCK077102L OCK077087L OCK077080
785
Maintenance
3. Loosen the light assembly retain-
ing screws with a cross-tip screw-
driver or spanner.
4.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Disconnect the rear combination
lamp connector.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
OCK077056
OCK077081
OCK077082
OCK077055
Maintenance
867
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover.
Back-up lamp bulb replace-
ment
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove the service cover of both
side (drive side and passenger
side).
3. Remove the nuts from rear combi-
nation lamp of both side (drive
side and passenger side).
4.Disconnect the connector from
rear combination lamp of both side
(drive side and passenger side).
OCK077057
OCK077058
OCK077059
787
Maintenance
5.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
6.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
7. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
9. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
10. Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehi-
cle.
11. Install the service cover by put-
ting it into the service hole.
OCK077060
Maintenance
887
High mounted stop lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1), does not operate, have the vehi-
cle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the high mounted stop lamp
(LED), for it may damage related
parts of the vehicle.
License plate lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the license plate lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the license plate lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Side repeater lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the side repeater lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the side repeater lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
OCK077061 OCK077062 OCK077052
789
Maintenance
Map lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the map lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the vanity mirror lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the vanity mirror lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Room lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement
If the room lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the room lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
OCK077065OCK077063 OCK077064
Maintenance
907
Glove box lamp (LED type)
bulb replacement
If the glove box lamp (LED) (1), does
not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the glove box lamp (LED), for
it may damage related parts of the
vehicle.
Luggage room lamp (LED
type) bulb replacement
If the luggage room lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the luggage room lamp (LED),
for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
OCK077066 OCK077067
791
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate-
rials. Make sure the drain holes in the
lower edges of the doors and rocker
panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired, dry
the brakes by applying them lightly
while maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Maintenance
927
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
Do not apply wax on embossed
unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the
unit.
CAUTION - Wet engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
OCK077070
793
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or replace-
ment, be sure the body shop applies
anti-corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemi-
cals are used in cold weather states to
melt snow and prevent ice accumula-
tion. If these chemicals are not regu-
larly removed, they will corrode the
vehicle underbody and over time dam-
age fuel lines, the fuel tank retention
system, the vehicle suspension, the
exhaust system, and even the body
frame. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration has warned all
vehicle owners of all brands of the
need to take the following steps:
• Wash the undercarriage of your
vehicle regularly during the winter
and whenever your vehicle has
been exposed to such salts or
chemicals.
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abra-
sive cleaners, acid detergents
or strong detergents contain-
ing high alkaline or caustic
agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to
the protective coating and
cause discoloration or paint
deterioration.
Maintenance
947
• Do a thorough washing of the
undercarriage at the end of the
winter.
• Use professional service techni-
cians or governmental inspection
stations to annually inspect for cor-
rosion.
• Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scal-
ing or if you become aware of a
change in vehicle performance,
such as soft or spongey brakes,
fluids leaking, impairment of direc-
tional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corro-
sion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
highspeed vehicle wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid
detergents It may damage and cor-
rode the aluminum wheels coated
with a clear protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of
the highest quality. However, this is
only part of the job. To achieve the
long-term corrosion resistance your
vehicle can deliver, the owner's
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
795
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it dries slowly and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials.This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
Maintenance
967
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
ates a favorable environment for cor-
rosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud.Even a heated garage can con-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good con-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corro-
sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertil-
izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in prop-
er containers and any spills or leaks
should be cleaned up, flushed with
clean water and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-
er, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If
they do contact the interior parts,
wipe them off immediately. If neces-
sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product
instructions for correct usage.
797
Maintenance
Taking care of leather seats
• Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
• Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
• Sufficient use of a leather protec-
tive may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the color.
Be sure to read the instructions
and consult a specialist when
using leather coating or protective
agents.
• Leather with bright colors(beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminat-
ed and clear in appearance. Clean
the seats frequently.
• Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
• Remove all contaminations instant-
ly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
• Cosmetic products(sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
• Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
nations do not smear.
• Oil
- Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for natural leather
only.
• Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
CAUTION - Electrical
components
Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
987
Fabric seat cover using precau-
tions (If equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regu-
larly with a vacuum cleaner in con-
sideration of fabric material charac-
teristics. If they are heavily soiled
with beverage stains, etc., use a suit-
able interior cleaner.To prevent dam-
age to seat covers, wipe off the seat
covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or
microfiber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the
seats. Make sure not to rub such
objects against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte-
rior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fire-
resistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with a
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage of the rear
window defroster grid.
799
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the
Warranty & Consumer Information
manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized Kia dealer in accor-
dance with the maintenance sched-
ule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from mis-
firing during dynamometer test-
ing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission con-
trol (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery)
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refu-
eling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
Maintenance
1007
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister.When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-
orated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or
durability and may even violate gov-
ernmental safety and emissions reg-
ulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifi-
cation may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes.
Therefore, if you smell exhaust
fumes of any kind inside your vehi-
cle, have it inspected and repaired
immediately. If you ever suspect
exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
7101
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalyt-
ic converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Catalytic
converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Maintenance
1027
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunc-
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized Kia dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level.Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/haz-
ardouswaste/ perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials,
such as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pretensioners and keyless remote
entry batteries, must be disposed of
according to Title 22 California Code
of Regulations Chapter 67384.10
(a).
CALIFORNIA
PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air conditioning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities. . . . . . . . 8-7
• Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Consumer assistance (U.S. only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Toll free consumer assistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Emergency roadside assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
• Trip interruption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
• Registering your vehicle in a foreign country . . . . . 8-14
Electrical equipment (U.S. only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
• Installation of a mobile two-way radio system. . . . . 8-15
Reporting safety defects (U.S. only) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only). . 8-16
• Service manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
• Electrical troubleshooting manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
• Owner's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-
16
8
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
28
DIMENSIONS
ENGINE
Item Length (mm)
Overall length 4,830
Overall width 1,870
Overall height 1,400
Tread
Front
225/45R18 1,596
225/40ZR19 1,596
Rear
225/45R18 1,647
255/35ZR19 1,619
Wheelbase 2,905
Item
Gasoline Engine
Lambda 3.3 T-GDI Theta II 2.0 T-GDI
Displacement
[cc (cu. in)]
3,342 (203.94) 1,998 (121.9)
Bore x Stroke
[mm (in.)]
96 x 84 (3.62 x 3.29) 86 x 86 (3.39 x 3.39)
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 6, V-type 4. In-line
83
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb type
Front
Headlamps (Low/High)* 60W HB3 HL
Headlamps (Low/High) – LED type* LED LED
Front turn signal lamps 21W PY21W
Front turn signal lamps - LED type* LED LED
Front position lamps LED LED
Daytime running light LED LED
Side Repeater lamps
Bulb type 5W WY5W
LED type LED LED
Rear
Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) LED LED
Rear tail lamps (Inside) LED LED
Rear turn signal lamps 21W PY21W
Rear turn signal lamps - LED type* LED LED
Back-up lamps 16W W16W
High mounted stop lamp* LED LED
License plate lamps LED LED
Interior
Map lamps LED type LED LED
Room lamps LED LED
Vanity lamps LED LED
Glove box lamp 5W FESTON BULB
Liftgate lamp LED LED
* If equipped
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
48
TIRES AND WHEELS
*
1
: Load Index
*
2
: Speed Symbol
*
3
: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
*
4
: It is applied to Lambda 3.3 T-GDI AWD vehicle.
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make them work irregularly.
Item Tire size Wheel size
Load
Capacity
Speed
capacity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug
nut torque
kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)
Normal load *
3
Maximum load or Over
100 MPH (160 km/h)
LI *
1
Kg SS *
2
MPH Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
225/45R18 8.0J x 18 95 690 V 149
2.5
(36, 250)
2.7
(39, 270)
2.6
(38, 260)
2.7
(39, 270)
11~13
(79 ~ 94,
107 ~ 127
225/40R19 8.0J x 19 93 650 Y 186
2.5
(36, 250)
-
2.6
(38, 260)
-
2.6 *
4
(38, 260)
-
2.6
(38, 260)
-
255/35R19 8.5J x 19 96 710 Y 186 -
2.5
(36, 250)
-
2.7
(39, 270)
Compact
spare tire
(if equipped)
T135/80R18 4.0T x 18 104 900 M 80
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
4.2
(60, 420)
85
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
✽✽
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-
check your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• We recommend that when replacing tires, use the same originally supplied with the vehicles. If not, that affects
driving performance.
• When driving in high altitude grades, it is natural for the atmospheric pressure to decrease. Therefore, please
check the tire pressure and add more air when necessary.
Additionally required tire air pressure per km above sea level: 1.5 psi/km
• Speeds above 100 MPH (160 km/h)
In order to drive at maximum speeds in excess of 100 MPH (160 km/h), please observe, and, if necessary, adjust
tire pressures for speeds exceeding 100 MPH (160 km/h) from the above table. Otherwise tire damage and acci-
dents could occur.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
68
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
LUGGAGE VOLUME
We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
ITEM Volume
SAE 23.31 cu ft (660 L)
ITEM lbs (kg)
2.0 T-GDI
2WD 4,773 (2,165)
AWD 4,927 (2,235)
3.3 T-GDI
2WD 5,004 (2,270)
AWD 5,148 (2,335)
ITEM Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant
R-1234yf
oz. (g)
20.1 ± 0.9
(570 ± 25g)
R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
oz. (g)
3.5 ± 0.4
(100 ± 10g)
FD46XG (IDEMITSU)
87
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends
Gasoline Engine
Lambda II 3.3 T-GDI
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
API SM/ILSAC GF-4 above/
SW-30 above
Theta II 2.0 T-GDI
6.02 US qt. (5.7 l)
ACEA C2 (or ABOVE)
Automatic transaxle
fluid
Gasoline
Engine
2.0 T-GDI
9.71 US qt. (9.2 l)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR
KIA genuine ATF SP-IV-RR
3.3 T-GDI
Coolant
Gasoline
Engine
2.0 T-GDI
9.29 US qt. (8.8 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled
water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant
for aluminum radiator)
3.3 T-GDI
12.25 US qt. (11.6 l)
Brake fluid
0.42 US qt. (0.395 l)
FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
88
Lubricant Volume Classification
Rear differential oil (without LSD)
(2.0 T-GDI) *
3
1.27 US qt. (1.2 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85)
Rear differential oil (without LSD)
(3.3 T-GDI) *
3
1.37 US qt. (1.3 l)
Rear differential oil (with LSD)
(2.0 T-GDI) *
3
*
4
1.37 US qt. (1.3 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN LSD GEAR OIL 75W85)
Rear differential oil (with LSD)
(3.3 T-GDI) *
3
*
4
1.48 US qt. (1.4 l)
Front differential oil *
3
(AWD)
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85)
Transfer oil
(AWD)
Gear/ Clutch
0.60 US qt. (0.57 l)
SHELL TF 0870B
Actuator
0.26 US qt. (0.25 l)
Fuel Gasoline Engine
63.36 US qt. (60 l)
Refer to Fuel requirements in chapter 1
*
1
: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction.Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*
3
: Regardless of oil change intervals, replace oil immediately if Rear-Differential or Front-Differential is submerged.
*
4
: Be sure to inject oil for exclusive use of LSD when replacing Rear Differential (for LSD) Oil.
*
5
: If the API SM engine oil is not available, you can use API SN or above.
*
6
: If the ILSAC GF-4 engine oil is not available, you can use ILSAC GF-5 or above.
89
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather perform-
ance; however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfacto-
ry lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage. When choosing an oil, con-
sider the range of temperature your
vehicle will be operated in before the
next oil change.Proceed to select the
recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark con-
forms to the international Lubricant Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only
use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
(°F)
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Gasoline
Engine Oil
20W-50
10W-30
15W-40
5W-30, 5W-40
Lambda II
3.3 T-GDI *
1
Theta II 2.0
T-GDI *
2
20W-50
10W-30
15W-40
0/5W-30, 5W-40
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W
30 (ACEA A5 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*
2
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W
30 (ACEA C2 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the
proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
108
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-
ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched under driver
or front passenger seat.
To check the number, open the
cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s side center
pillar gives the vehicle identification
number (VIN).
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
OCK087001
■ Frame number
OUM084005
■ VIN label
OCK087005
811
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your vehicle.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
OMG055004
OCK087002
OCK087003
■ Gasoline engine (Lamda 3.3L T-GDI)
■ Gasoline engine (THETA 2.0L T-GDI)
REFRIGERANT LABEL
OCK087007L
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
128
Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current
model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv-
ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use (in-
service date), whichever is earlier, for a period of 60
months or 60,000 miles, whichever is earlier, subject to
the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia
Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable
to your model year vehicle.
KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other
benefits to any owner or driver when, in KMA's judgment,
the claims and/or service requests are excessive in fre-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
Kia's toll-free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed
from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM PST, Monday through Friday
and is accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
For more information regarding assistance available,
please refer to your Kia Warranty & Consumer
Information Manual.
Emergency roadside assistance
Kia's toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24
hours a day, 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing
1-800-333-4Kia (4542).
Please note that you must provide your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to verify coverage at the time
of your call. The VIN can be found on the dash of your
vehicle on the driver’s side, on the door jamb of the dri-
ver’s door, your vehicle’s registration or proof of insur-
ance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000 roadside assistance
providers. Should you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a tire, a Kia
Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some-
one to deliver a small quantity of gas, change a flat tire
with your inflated spare, or arrange a battery jump to
allow you to proceed to your destination.We have access
to a network of over 10,000 locksmiths to help you should
you become locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi-
cle undriveable due to a warranty-related concern, Kia’s
Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to
transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an
authorized Kia alternative service location.
CONSUMER ASSISTANCE (U.S. ONLY)
813
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport
vehicle, as determined by our driver, to receive this serv-
ice.
✽✽
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a “sal-
vage” title or similar “branded” title under any state’s
law or has been declared a “total loss” or equivalent by
a financial institution or insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the
event that a warranty-related disablement occurs more
than 150 miles from your home, and the repairs require
more than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable reimburse-
ment is included for meals, lodging, or rental vehicle
expenses. Trip interruption coverage is limited to $100
per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident.
You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to
obtain pre-authorization of expenses. Once the Kia
Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance deductibles,
expenses, and claims paid by your insurance company or
other providers are not eligible for reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under
Kia’s Trip Interruption Policy.
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
148
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country,
you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in
that country. Even if you successfully register the vehicle
in a foreign country, you may experience the following
problems and should therefore consider the possibility of
having to deal with them:
1.The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
If other than the specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injection system, and
other fuel-related parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty.
2.We must, therefore, clearly state that when you leave
the country in which you purchased your Kia new and
register it in another country, problems arising from the
use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject
to manufacturer’s warranty. Because vehicles like
yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg-
istration, parts, servicing techniques and tools neces-
sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold there, mechanical
specifications required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase to cause addi-
tional problems.
3.There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area
in which you plan to register your vehicle. You may
additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services
in a foreign country for any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any responsibility for prob-
lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of
service outside of the United States.
815
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per-
form under all reasonably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical equipment is
installed in your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia
Dealer, in order to ensure that you do not void your war-
ranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way in which it is
installed, may adversely affect the operation of your vehi-
cle, including such systems as the engine control system,
the audio system and the electrical charging system and
thus potentially void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any expense you may
incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result from the installa-
tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied,
or recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is installed improperly,
or if an excessively powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely affected. To avoid
damage to your vehicle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and installation.
Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to
meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read
and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particu-
larly the information under the headings "NOTICE",
"CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions
regarding the operation of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects please contact your Kia's toll-free Consumer
Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia Motors America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Kia
Motors America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-
paign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in indi-
vidual problems between you, your dealer, or Kia Motors
America, Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator,
NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., West Building,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other infor-
mation about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safer-
car.gov.
The following publications are available on
www.KiaTechinfo.com
Service manual:
This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro-
cedures for repair to engine and chassis components. It
is written for the Journeyman mechanic, but is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under-
stand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual:
This manual complements the Service Manual by provid-
ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual:
This manual describes the overall features and operating
procedures for the vehicle.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS
(U.S. ONLY)
816
Specifications, Consumer information, Reporting safety defects
Index
I
Index
2
I
Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equippedvehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Air bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Air bag non-inflation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Occupant detection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Air conditioning system lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
All Wheel Drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Emergency precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Exterior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Auto defogging system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
Air Conditioning refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145
Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . 4-133
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Automatic heating and air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Good driving practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Launch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Automatic transaxle (Shift by wire). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Good driving practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
A
I
3
Index
Launch control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
LCD display messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Automatic ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
AUX, USB port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
Back-up lamp bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Recharging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system . . . . . . 5-120
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning). . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) . . 5-123
Bonnet see the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Anti-lock brake system (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Electronic parking brake (EPB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . 5-7
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Camera (Rear view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Capacities (Lubricants). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Care
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Exterior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Central door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Chains - Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Checking fluid levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
B
C
Index
4
I
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Child restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor"
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Securing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder belt . 3-42
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-35
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . 4-67
consumer assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
To decrease the cruising speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
To resume cruising speed at more than approximately
20 mph (30 km/h) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
To set cruise control speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on . 5-80
To turn cruise control off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Dashboard, see instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Defogging (Windshield). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Defroster (Rear window) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
Defrosting (Windshield). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Displays, see instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Distance to empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Door lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Central door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Door lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
from inside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
from outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Drinks holders, see cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
D
I
5
Index
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
SMART mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
SPORT/CUSTOM mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system . . . . . . . . . 5-129
Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
System disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129
Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Driving at night. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
ECO mode (Drive mode integrated control system) . 5-108
Economical operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
Home Link
®
system and compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Electrical equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . 7-99
Exhaust emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Checking the coolant level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Checking the engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Illuminated engine start/stop button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Engine start/stop button illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Engine start/stop button position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery) system. . . . . . 7-99
E
Index
6
I
Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . 7-16
Air cleaner filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Air conditioning refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Automatic transaxle fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Brake hoses and lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Drive shafts and boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Exhaust pipe and muffler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Fuel filter (for gasoline). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections. . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Spark plugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Suspension mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Valve clearance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-91
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Jack and tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Fluid
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Folding the outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Folding the rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Forward Collision-Avoidance assist (FCA) . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
FCA front radar/camera sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
FCA warning message and system control . . . . . . . 5-67
Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Recognizing pedestrians. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76
System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Opening the fuel filler lid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
F
I
7
Index
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Fuse switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Inner panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
Main fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Multi fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Glove box lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Glove box lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . 7-90
Gross vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Hazard warning flasher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Hazardous driving conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Headlamp (Low/High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Headlight position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Headrest (front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Headrest (rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
High Beam Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Hood open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Opening the hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
LCD display control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-96
H
I
G
Index
8
I
Interior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Air ventilation seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Floor mat anchor(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Liftgate room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Vanity mirror lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
Auto start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
Auto stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
Condition of ISG system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
ISG system deactivation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
ISG system malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Label
Refrigerant label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Tire sidewall labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
Driver's attention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
LKA system Function change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
LKA system malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
LKA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
LCD windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Distance to empty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
LCD modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Over view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Trip information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
License plate lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-88
Liftgate room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Liftgate(non-powered) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Light bulb position (Front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
J
L
I
9
Index
Light bulb position (Side). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Back-up lamp bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
Bulb replacement precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Front turn signal lamp bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Glove box lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-90
Headlamp (LED type) replacement
(Headlamp Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Headlamp (Low/High beam) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
License plate lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-88
Light bulb position (Front). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Light bulb position (Rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Light bulb position (Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Luggage room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. 7-90
Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Rear side marker (LED type) bulb replacement . . . 7-84
Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type) bulb replacement 7-84
Rear turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement7-84
Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . . . 7-89
Side marker bulb replacement (Headlamp Type A). 7-80
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-88
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . 7-83
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-89
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Auto light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Dynamic Bending Light (DBL). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121
Headlight leveling device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
Headlight position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
High - beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
High beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Limited Slip Differential (LSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Luggage net (Holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Luggage room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . 7-90
Luggage volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . 7-16
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
M
Index
10
I
Maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-14
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
Home Link
®
system and compass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Folding the outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Occupant detection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Oil (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Online factory authorized manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Operation (Air bags). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Outside temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71
Over view (LCD Windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Owner maintenance schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Parking & Tail light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
Type of warning indicator and sound. . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Checking the parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Position lamp + DRL (LED type) bulb replacement
(Headlamp Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Power brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Power liftgate
Closing the liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
How to reset the power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Power liftgate non-opening or closing conditions. . 4-26
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
O
P
I
11
Index
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Folding the rear seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Headrest(rear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Rear side marker (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . . 7-84
Rear turn signal lamp (bulb type) bulb replacement . . 7-84
Rear turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . 7-84
Rear view camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Remote control (Outside rear view mirror) . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
Room lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-89
Rotation (Tire) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-14
Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Seat belt warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Driver position memory system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Headrest(front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Important safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Securing a child restraint with a lap/shoulder belt. . . . 3-42
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS). . . . . . . . . . 3-35
Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80
Side air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Side marker bulb replacement (Headlamp Type A) . . . 7-80
Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-88
Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Smart cruise control with Stop & Go system. . . . . . . . 5-82
Limitations of the system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
Smart cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
R
S
Index
12
I
Speed setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control
system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Vehicle to vehicle distance setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Smart key functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Smart key precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Smart liftgate
Detecting area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function using the
smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
How to use the smart liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Smart mode (Drive mode integrated control system). 5-105
Smart ventilation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Spare tire
Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Jack and tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Driving in flooded areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
Driving off-road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Highway driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Smooth cornering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Sport/Custom mode (Drive mode integrated control
system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
SRS Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start. . . . . . . . . 6-4
Starting the engine - with a smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Electric power steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement. . . . . 7-83
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Sunglass holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
I
13
Index
Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Surround view monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
Theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Tilt and telescopic steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Check tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
All season tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Low aspect ratio tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Radial-ply tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures. . . . . . . 7-39
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tire replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Wheel replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Removable towing hook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Transaxle - Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Transaxle shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Trip information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
USB charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
User Settings Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
T
U
Index
14
I
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
Vanity mirror lamp (LED type) bulb replacement . . . . 7-89
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
Certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
Tire and loading information label. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
Warning and indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Warning messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Checking the washer fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Welcome system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Wide sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Sliding the sunroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Sunroof open warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Sunshade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Power window lock button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Winter driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Snow tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
W
V
